Commit Graph

8599 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Fan Du 6b58e0a5f3 ipv4: Use binary search to choose tcp PMTU probe_size
Current probe_size is chosen by doubling mss_cache,
the probing process will end shortly with a sub-optimal
mss size, and the link mtu will not be taken full
advantage of, in return, this will make user to tweak
tcp_base_mss with care.

Use binary search to choose probe_size in a fine
granularity manner, an optimal mss will be found
to boost performance as its maxmium.

In addition, introduce a sysctl_tcp_probe_threshold
to control when probing will stop in respect to
the width of search range.

Test env:
Docker instance with vxlan encapuslation(82599EB)
iperf -c 10.0.0.24  -t 60

before this patch:
1.26 Gbits/sec

After this patch: increase 26%
1.59 Gbits/sec

Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 14:57:41 -05:00
Fan Du dcd8fb8533 ipv4: Raise tcp PMTU probe mss base size
Quotes from RFC4821 7.2.  Selecting Initial Values

   It is RECOMMENDED that search_low be initially set to an MTU size
   that is likely to work over a very wide range of environments.  Given
   today's technologies, a value of 1024 bytes is probably safe enough.
   The initial value for search_low SHOULD be configurable.

Moreover, set a small value will introduce extra time for the search
to converge. So set the initial probe base mss size to 1024 Bytes.

Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 14:57:41 -05:00
Eric W. Biederman aaa4e70404 DECnet: Only use neigh_ops for adding the link layer header
Other users users of the neighbour table use neigh->output as the method
to decided when and which link-layer header to place on a packet.
DECnet has been using neigh->output to decide which DECnet headers to
place on a packet depending which neighbour the packet is destined for.

The DECnet usage isn't totally wrong but it can run into problems if the
neighbour output function is run for a second time as the teql driver
and the bridge netfilter code can do.

Therefore to avoid pathologic problems later down the line and make the
neighbour code easier to understand by refactoring the decnet output
code to only use a neighbour method to add a link layer header to a
packet.

This is done by moving the neigbhour operations lookup from
dn_to_neigh_output to dn_neigh_output_packet.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 14:54:22 -05:00
Johan Hedberg b9a245fb12 Bluetooth: Move all mgmt command quirks to handler table
In order to completely generalize the mgmt command handling we need to
move away command-specific information from mgmt_control() into the
actual command table. This patch adds a new 'flags' field to the handler
entries which can now contain the following command specific
information:

 - Command takes variable length parameters
 - Command doesn't target any specific HCI device
 - Command can be sent when the HCI device is unconfigured

After this the mgmt_control() function is completely generic and can
potentially be reused by new HCI channels.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-03-06 20:15:21 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 6d785aa345 Bluetooth: Convert mgmt to use HCI chan registration API
This patch converts the existing mgmt code to use the newly introduced
generic API for registering HCI channels with mgmt-like semantics.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-03-06 20:15:21 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 801c1e8da5 Bluetooth: Add mgmt HCI channel registration API
This patch adds an API for registering HCI channels with mgmt-like
semantics. For now the only user will be HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL, but e.g.
6lowpan is intended to use this as well in the future.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-03-06 20:15:21 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 93690c227a Bluetooth: Introduce controller setting information for static address
Currently it is not possible to determine if the static address is used
by the controller. It is also not possible to determine if using a
static on a dual-mode controller with disabled BR/EDR is possible or
not.

To address this issue, introduce a new setting called static-address. If
support for this setting is signaled that means that the kernel supports
using static addresses. And if used on dual-mode controllers with BR/EDR
disabled it means that a configured static address can be used.

In addition utilize the same setting for the list of current active
settings that indicates if a static address is configured and if that
address will be actually used.

With this in mind the existing Set Static Address management command
has been extended to return the current settings. That way the caller
of that command can easily determine if the programmed address will
be used or if extra steps are required.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-03-06 20:43:07 +02:00
Scott Feldman 8e05fd7166 fib: hook IPv4 fib for hardware offload
Call into the switchdev driver any time an IPv4 fib entry is
added/modified/deleted from the kernel's FIB.  The switchdev driver may or
may not install the route to the offload device.  In the case where the
driver tries to install the route and something goes wrong (device's routing
table is full, etc), then all of the offloaded routes will be flushed from the
device, route forwarding falls back to the kernel, and no more routes are
offloading.

We can refine this logic later.  For now, use the simplist model of offloading
routes up to the point of failure, and then on failure, undo everything and
mark IPv4 offloading disabled.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 00:24:58 -05:00
Scott Feldman 448b128a14 ipv4: add net bool fib_offload_disabled
If something goes wrong with IPv4 FIB offload, mark entire net offload
disabled.  This is brute force policy to basically shut down IPv4 FIB offload
permanently if there is a problem offloading any route to an external device.
We can refine the policy in the future, to handle failures on a per-device or
per-route basis, but for now, this policy is per-net.

What we're trying to avoid is an inconsistent split between the kernel's FIB
and the offload device's FIB.  We don't want the device to fwd a pkt
inconsitent with what the kernel would do.  An example of a split is if device
has 10.0.0.0/16 and kernel has 10.0.0.0/16 and 10.0.0.0/24, the device wouldn't
see the longest prefix 10.0.0.0/24 and potentially forward pkts incorrectly.

Limited capacity or limited capability are two ways a route may fail to install
to the offload device.  We'll not differentiate between failures at this time,
and treat any failure as fatal and mark the net as fib_offload_disabled.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 00:24:58 -05:00
Scott Feldman 104616e74e switchdev: don't support custom ip rules, for now
Keep switchdev FIB offload model simple for now and don't allow custom ip
rules.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 00:24:58 -05:00
Scott Feldman 5e8d90497d switchdev: add IPv4 fib ndo ops wrappers
Add IPv4 fib ndo wrapper funcs and stub them out for now.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 00:24:58 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 5929903103 net: dsa: let switches specify their tagging protocol
In order to support the new DSA device driver model, a dsa_switch should
be able to advertise the type of tagging protocol supported by the
underlying switch device. This also removes constraints on how tagging
can be stacked to each other.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 00:18:20 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 1cae565e8b netfilter: nf_tables: limit maximum table name length to 32 bytes
Set the same as we use for chain names, it should be enough.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-03-06 01:21:21 +01:00
Patrick McHardy 1a1e1a1219 netfilter: nf_tables: cleanup nf_tables.h
The transaction related definitions are squeezed in between the rule
and expression definitions, which are closely related and should be
next to each other. The transaction definitions actually don't belong
into that file at all since it defines the global objects and API and
transactions are internal to nf_tables_api, but for now simply move
them to a seperate section.

Similar, the chain types are in between a set of registration functions,
they belong to the chain section.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-03-06 01:21:13 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 43270b1bc5 netfilter: ipt_CLUSTERIP: deprecate it in favour of xt_cluster
xt_cluster supersedes ipt_CLUSTERIP since it can be also used in
gateway configurations (not only from the backend side).

ipt_CLUSTER is also known to leak the netdev that it uses on
device removal, which requires a rather large fix to workaround
the problem: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/358629/

So let's deprecate this so we can probably kill code this in the
future.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-03-06 01:21:05 +01:00
Jakub Pawlowski 82f8b651a9 Bluetooth: fix service discovery behaviour for empty uuids filter
This patch fixes service discovery behaviour, when provided uuid filter
is empty and HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER is set. Before this
patch, empty uuid filter was unable to trigger scan restart, and that
caused inconsistent behaviour in applications.

Example: two DBus clients call BlueZ, one to find all devices with
service abcd, second to find all devices with rssi smaller than -90.
Sum of those filters, that is passed to mgmt_service_scan is empty
filter, with no rssi or uuids set.
That caused kernel not to restart scan when quirk was set.
That was inconsistent with what happen when there's only one of those
two filters set (scan is restarted and reports devices).

To fix that, new variable hdev->discovery.result_filtering was
introduced. It can indicate that filtered scan is running, no matter
what uuid or rssi filter is set.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-03-05 09:50:50 +02:00
Alexander Duyck a7e5353123 fib_trie: Make fib_table rcu safe
The fib_table was wrapped in several places with an
rcu_read_lock/rcu_read_unlock however after looking over the code I found
several spots where the tables were being accessed as just standard
pointers without any protections.  This change fixes that so that all of
the proper protections are in place when accessing the table to take RCU
replacement or removal of the table into account.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 23:35:18 -05:00
Patrick McHardy 86f1ec3231 netfilter: nf_tables: fix userdata length overflow
The NFT_USERDATA_MAXLEN is defined to 256, however we only have a u8
to store its size. Introduce a struct nft_userdata which contains a
length field and indicate its presence using a single bit in the rule.

The length field of struct nft_userdata is also a u8, however we don't
store zero sized data, so the actual length is udata->len + 1.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-03-04 18:46:06 +01:00
SenthilKumar Jegadeesan 64a8cef41a mac80211: provide station PMF configuration to driver
Some device drivers offload part of aggregation including AddBA/DelBA
negotiations to firmware. In such scenario, the PMF configuration of
the station needs to be provided to driver to enable encryption of
AddBA/DelBA action frames.

Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com>
[fix commit log, documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-04 10:34:12 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov 3384d757d4 mac80211: allow iterating inactive interfaces
Sometimes the driver might want to modify private data in interfaces
that are down. One possible use-case is cleaning up interface state
after HW recovery. Some interfaces that were up before the recovery took
place might be down now, but they might still be "dirty".

Introduce a new iterate_interfaces() API and a new ACTIVE iterator flag.
This way the internal implementation of the both active and inactive
APIs remains the same.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-04 10:34:12 +01:00
Eric W. Biederman 7720c01f3f mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table
This sysctl gives two benefits.  By defaulting the table size to 0
mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding
any packets.  This prevents unpleasant surprises for users.

The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense
table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and
is extremely simple and efficient to implement.

This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label
table size userspace applications need to cope with.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 00:26:06 -05:00
Eric W. Biederman 0189197f44 mpls: Basic routing support
This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING.

The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received
from another machine.  Look that packet up in a routing table and
forward the packet on.

Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here.  This
implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that
can pass over essentially any network.

What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call
net->mpls.platform_label[].  What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label
Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route.  Though calling it the
label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid.

Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032.
There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong
discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path.  In essence
the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and
replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified
interface to it's next hop.

Quite a few optional features are not implemented here.  Among them
are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet
is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the
packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error).  The traffic
class field is always set to 0.  The implementation focuses on IP over
MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols.

Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and
sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for
which there is value).  I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac
address instead.  The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS
such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is
appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented
at some point.

Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace.

Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit
endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract
the pieces.  There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format
mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit
label wind up in the wrong half of third byte.  Therefore internally
everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing
to and reading from a packet.

For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out
an interface that is down the packet is dropped early.  Similarly
if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL
(so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label
are dropped.  Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows
the kernel label table to function as the definitive source
of which labels are allocated and which are not.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 00:26:06 -05:00
Eric W. Biederman 4fd3d7d9e8 neigh: Add helper function neigh_xmit
For MPLS I am building the code so that either the neighbour mac
address can be specified or we can have a next hop in ipv4 or ipv6.

The kind of next hop we have is indicated by the neighbour table
pointer.  A neighbour table pointer of NULL is a link layer address.
A non-NULL neighbour table pointer indicates which neighbour table and
thus which address family the next hop address is in that we need to
look up.

The code either sends a packet directly or looks up the appropriate
neighbour table entry and sends the packet.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 00:23:23 -05:00
Eric W. Biederman 60395a20ff neigh: Factor out ___neigh_lookup_noref
While looking at the mpls code I found myself writing yet another
version of neigh_lookup_noref.  We currently have __ipv4_lookup_noref
and __ipv6_lookup_noref.

So to make my work a little easier and to make it a smidge easier to
verify/maintain the mpls code in the future I stopped and wrote
___neigh_lookup_noref.  Then I rewote __ipv4_lookup_noref and
__ipv6_lookup_noref in terms of this new function.  I tested my new
version by verifying that the same code is generated in
ip_finish_output2 and ip6_finish_output2 where these functions are
inlined.

To get to ___neigh_lookup_noref I added a new neighbour cache table
function key_eq.  So that the static size of the key would be
available.

I also added __neigh_lookup_noref for people who want to to lookup
a neighbour table entry quickly but don't know which neibhgour table
they are going to look up.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 00:23:23 -05:00
David S. Miller 71a83a6db6 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c

The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-03 21:16:48 -05:00
Eric W. Biederman 1d5da757da ax25: Stop using magic neighbour cache operations.
Before the ax25 stack calls dev_queue_xmit it always calls
ax25_type_trans which sets skb->protocol to ETH_P_AX25.

Which means that by looking at the protocol type it is possible to
detect IP packets that have not been munged by the ax25 stack in
ndo_start_xmit and call a function to munge them.

Rename ax25_neigh_xmit to ax25_ip_xmit and tweak the return type and
value to be appropriate for an ndo_start_xmit function.

Update all of the ax25 devices to test the protocol type for ETH_P_IP
and return ax25_ip_xmit as the first thing they do.  This preserves
the existing semantics of IP packet processing, but the timing will be
a little different as the IP packets now pass through the qdisc layer
before reaching the ax25 ip packet processing.

Remove the now unnecessary ax25 neighbour table operations.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-03 14:44:41 -05:00
Alexander Bondar 2ecc3905e6 mac80211: Update beacon's timing and DTIM count on every beacon
Beacon's timestamp, device system time associated with this beacon and
DTIM count parameters are not updated in the associated vif context
if the latest beacon's content is identical to the previously received.
It make sense to update these changing parameters on every beacon so the
driver can get most updated values. This may be necessary, for example,
to avoid either beacons' drift effect or device time stamp overrun.
IMPORTANT: Three sync_* parameters - sync_ts, sync_device_ts and
sync_dtim_count would possibly be out of sync by the time the driver will
use them. The synchronized view is currently guaranteed only in certain
callbacks.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-03 15:56:06 +01:00
Ahmad Kholaif 6c09e791b2 cfg80211: Allow NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX to be added to vendor events
This modifies cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() with an additional argument
struct wireless_dev *wdev. __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() is modified to
take in *wdev argument, if wdev != NULL, both the NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
and wdev identifier are added to the vendor event.

These changes make it easier for drivers to add ifindex indication in
vendor events cleanly.

This also updates all existing users of cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
and __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() in the kernel tree.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Kholaif <akholaif@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-03 15:56:05 +01:00
Dedy Lansky 6eb1813764 cfg80211: add bss_type and privacy arguments in cfg80211_get_bss()
802.11ad adds new a network type (PBSS) and changes the capability
field interpretation for the DMG (60G) band.
The same 2 bits that were interpreted as "ESS" and "IBSS" before are
re-used as a 2-bit field with 3 valid values (and 1 reserved). Valid
values are: "IBSS", "PBSS" (new) and "AP".

In order to get the BSS struct for the new PBSS networks, change the
cfg80211_get_bss() function to take a new enum ieee80211_bss_type
argument with the valid network types, as "capa_mask" and "capa_val"
no longer work correctly (the search must be band-aware now.)

The remaining bits in "capa_mask" and "capa_val" are used only for
privacy matching so replace those two with a privacy enum as well.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
[rewrite commit log, tiny fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-03 15:56:01 +01:00
Florian Westphal ee586bbc28 netfilter: reject: don't send icmp error if csum is invalid
tcp resets are never emitted if the packet that triggers the
reject/reset has an invalid checksum.

For icmp error responses there was no such check.
It allows to distinguish icmp response generated via

iptables -I INPUT -p udp --dport 42 -j REJECT

and those emitted by network stack (won't respond if csum is invalid,
REJECT does).

Arguably its possible to avoid this by using conntrack and only
using REJECT with -m conntrack NEW/RELATED.

However, this doesn't work when connection tracking is not in use
or when using nf_conntrack_checksum=0.

Furthermore, sending errors in response to invalid csums doesn't make
much sense so just add similar test as in nf_send_reset.

Validate csum if needed and only send the response if it is ok.

Reference: http://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1169829
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-03-03 02:10:35 +01:00
Eric W. Biederman bdf53c5849 neigh: Don't require dst in neigh_hh_init
- Add protocol to neigh_tbl so that dst->ops->protocol is not needed
- Acquire the device from neigh->dev

This results in a neigh_hh_init that will cache the samve values
regardless of the packets flowing through it.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 16:43:41 -05:00
Eric W. Biederman 59b2af26b9 arp: Kill arp_find
There are no more callers so kill this function.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 16:43:41 -05:00
Eric W. Biederman def6775369 neigh: Move neigh_compat_output into ax25_ip.c
The only caller is now is ax25_neigh_construct so move
neigh_compat_output into ax25_ip.c make it static and rename it
ax25_neigh_output.

Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 16:43:40 -05:00
Eric W. Biederman 3b6a94bed0 ax25: Refactor to use private neighbour operations.
AX25 already has it's own private arp cache operations to isolate
it's abuse of dev_rebuild_header to transmit packets.  Add a function
ax25_neigh_construct that will allow all of the ax25 devices to
force using these operations, so that the generic arp code does
not need to.

Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 16:43:40 -05:00
Eric W. Biederman 46d4e47abe ax25: Make ax25_header and ax25_rebuild_header static
The only user is in ax25_ip.c so stop exporting these functions.

Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 16:43:40 -05:00
David S. Miller 77f0379fa8 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter updates for net-next

A small batch with accumulated updates in nf-next, mostly IPVS updates,
they are:

1) Add 64-bits stats counters to IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.

2) Move NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_ADDRTYPE out of NETFILTER_ADVANCED as docker
seem to require this, from Anton Blanchard.

3) Use boolean instead of numeric value in set_match_v*(), from
coccinelle via Fengguang Wu.

4) Allows rescheduling of new connections in IPVS when port reuse is
detected, from Marcelo Ricardo Leitner.

5) Add missing bits to support arptables extensions from nft_compat,
from Arturo Borrero.

Patrick is preparing a large batch to enhance the set infrastructure,
named expressions among other things, that should follow up soon after
this batch.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 14:55:05 -05:00
David S. Miller 70c836a4d1 Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-02

Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request targeting the 4.1 kernel:

 - ieee802154/6lowpan cleanups
 - SCO routing to host interface support for the btmrvl driver
 - AMP code cleanups
 - Fixes to AMP HCI init sequence
 - Refactoring of the HCI callback mechanism
 - Added shutdown routine for Intel controllers in the btusb driver
 - New config option to enable/disable Bluetooth debugfs information
 - Fix for early data reception on L2CAP fixed channels

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 14:47:12 -05:00
Ying Xue 1b78414047 net: Remove iocb argument from sendmsg and recvmsg
After TIPC doesn't depend on iocb argument in its internal
implementations of sendmsg() and recvmsg() hooks defined in proto
structure, no any user is using iocb argument in them at all now.
Then we can drop the redundant iocb argument completely from kinds of
implementations of both sendmsg() and recvmsg() in the entire
networking stack.

Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 13:06:31 -05:00
Eyal Birger 744d5a3e9f net: move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[]
Commit 977750076d ("af_packet: add interframe drop cmsg (v6)")
unionized skb->mark and skb->dropcount in order to allow recording
of the socket drop count while maintaining struct sk_buff size.

skb->dropcount was introduced since there was no available room
in skb->cb[] in packet sockets. However, its introduction led to
the inability to export skb->mark, or any other aliased field to
userspace if so desired.

Moving the dropcount metric to skb->cb[] eliminates this problem
at the expense of 4 bytes less in skb->cb[] for protocol families
using it.

Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 00:19:30 -05:00
Eyal Birger 3bc3b96f3b net: add common accessor for setting dropcount on packets
As part of an effort to move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[], use
a common function in order to set dropcount in struct sk_buff.

Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 00:19:30 -05:00
Eyal Birger b4772ef879 net: use common macro for assering skb->cb[] available size in protocol families
As part of an effort to move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[] use a common
macro in protocol families using skb->cb[] for ancillary data to
validate available room in skb->cb[].

Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 00:19:30 -05:00
Eyal Birger 6368c23577 net: bluetooth: compact struct bt_skb_cb by converting boolean fields to bit fields
Convert boolean fields incoming and req_start to bit fields and move
force_active in order save space in bt_skb_cb in an effort to use
a portion of skb->cb[] for storing skb->dropcount.

Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 00:19:29 -05:00
Eyal Birger 49a6fe0557 net: bluetooth: compact struct bt_skb_cb by inlining struct hci_req_ctrl
struct hci_req_ctrl is never used outside of struct bt_skb_cb;
Inlining it frees 8 bytes on a 64 bit system in skb->cb[] allowing
the addition of more ancillary data.

Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-02 00:19:29 -05:00
Johannes Berg 36ef906ee8 wext: add checked wrappers for adding events/points to streams
These checked wrappers are necessary for the next patch, which
will use them to avoid sending out partial scan results.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-02-28 21:31:12 +01:00
Alexander Duyck 56315f9e6e fib_trie: Convert fib_alias to hlist from list
There isn't any advantage to having it as a list and by making it an hlist
we make the fib_alias more compatible with the list_info in terms of the
type of list used.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-27 16:37:06 -05:00
Madhu Challa 93a714d6b5 multicast: Extend ip address command to enable multicast group join/leave on
Joining multicast group on ethernet level via "ip maddr" command would
not work if we have an Ethernet switch that does igmp snooping since
the switch would not replicate multicast packets on ports that did not
have IGMP reports for the multicast addresses.

Linux vxlan interfaces created via "ip link add vxlan" have the group option
that enables then to do the required join.

By extending ip address command with option "autojoin" we can get similar
functionality for openvswitch vxlan interfaces as well as other tunneling
mechanisms that need to receive multicast traffic. The kernel code is
structured similar to how the vxlan driver does a group join / leave.

example:
ip address add 224.1.1.10/24 dev eth5 autojoin
ip address del 224.1.1.10/24 dev eth5

Signed-off-by: Madhu Challa <challa@noironetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-27 16:25:25 -05:00
Madhu Challa 46a4dee074 igmp v6: add __ipv6_sock_mc_join and __ipv6_sock_mc_drop
Based on the igmp v4 changes from Eric Dumazet.
959d10f6bbf6("igmp: add __ip_mc_{join|leave}_group()")

These changes are needed to perform igmp v6 join/leave while
RTNL is held.

Make ipv6_sock_mc_join and ipv6_sock_mc_drop wrappers around
__ipv6_sock_mc_join and  __ipv6_sock_mc_drop to avoid
proliferation of work queues.

Signed-off-by: Madhu Challa <challa@noironetworks.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-27 16:25:24 -05:00
Tom Herbert 723b8e460d udp: In udp_flow_src_port use random hash value if skb_get_hash fails
In the unlikely event that skb_get_hash is unable to deduce a hash
in udp_flow_src_port we use a consistent random value instead.
This is specified in GRE/UDP draft section 3.2.1:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-gre-in-udp-encap-04

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-27 16:00:01 -05:00
Johan Hedberg 4cd3928a8b Bluetooth: Update New CSRK event to match latest specification
The 'master' parameter of the New CSRK event was recently renamed to
'type', with the old values kept for backwards compatibility as
unauthenticated local/remote keys. This patch updates the code to take
into account the two new (authenticated) values and ensures they get
used based on the security level of the connection that the respective
keys get distributed over.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-27 18:25:48 +01:00
Guenter Roeck d79d210736 net: dsa: Introduce dsa_is_port_initialized
To avoid race conditions when using the ds->ports[] array,
we need to check if the accessed port has been initialized.
Introduce and use helper function dsa_is_port_initialized
for that purpose and use it where needed.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-25 17:57:48 -05:00
Florian Fainelli b73adef677 net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging
In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select
NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id
NDOs that we are required to implement.

To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3
types of operations:

- port_join_bridge
- port_leave_bridge
- port_stp_update

DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port
members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit
the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for
slow MDIO buses).

We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network
devices are brought up/down while being bridge members.

Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in
BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it
disabled as a result of having left the bridge.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-25 17:03:38 -05:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner d752c36457 ipvs: allow rescheduling of new connections when port reuse is detected
Currently, when TCP/SCTP port reusing happens, IPVS will find the old
entry and use it for the new one, behaving like a forced persistence.
But if you consider a cluster with a heavy load of small connections,
such reuse will happen often and may lead to a not optimal load
balancing and might prevent a new node from getting a fair load.

This patch introduces a new sysctl, conn_reuse_mode, that allows
controlling how to proceed when port reuse is detected. The default
value will allow rescheduling of new connections only if the old entry
was in TIME_WAIT state for TCP or CLOSED for SCTP.

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2015-02-25 13:46:35 +09:00
Mahesh Bandewar 14c9551a32 bonding: Implement port churn-machine (AD standard 43.4.17).
The Churn Detection machines detect the situation where a port is operable,
but the Actor and Partner have not attached the link to an Aggregator and
brought the link into operation within a bound time period. Under normal
operation of the LACP, agreement between Actor and Partner should be reached
very rapidly. Continued failure to reach agreement can be symptomatic of
device failure.

Actor-churn-detection state-machine
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>

===================================

BEGIN=True + PortEnable=False
           |
           v
 +------------------------+   ActorPort.Sync=True  +------------------+
 |   ACTOR_CHURN_MONITOR  | ---------------------> |  NO_ACTOR_CHURN  |
 |========================|                        |==================|
 |    ActorChurn=False    |  ActorPort.Sync=False  | ActorChurn=False |
 | ActorChurn.Timer=Start | <--------------------- |                  |
 +------------------------+                        +------------------+
           |                                                ^
           |                                                |
  ActorChurn.Timer=Expired                                  |
           |                                       ActorPort.Sync=True
           |                                                |
           |                +-----------------+             |
           |                |   ACTOR_CHURN   |             |
           |                |=================|             |
           +--------------> | ActorChurn=True | ------------+
                            |                 |
                            +-----------------+

Similar for the Partner-churn-detection.

Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 16:05:48 -05:00
Dan Carpenter 278f7b4fff caif: fix a signedness bug in cfpkt_iterate()
The cfpkt_iterate() function can return -EPROTO on error, but the
function is a u16 so the negative value gets truncated to a positive
unsigned short.  This causes a static checker warning.

The only caller which might care is cffrml_receive(), when it's checking
the frame checksum.  I modified cffrml_receive() so that it never says
-EPROTO is a valid checksum.

Also this isn't ever going to be inlined so I removed the "inline".

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-20 17:35:14 -05:00
Johan Hedberg 7129069e84 Bluetooth: Rename hci_send_to_control to hci_send_to_channel
The hci_send_to_control() can be made more general purpose with a small
change of passing the desired HCI channel as a parameter to it. This
allows using it for the monitor channel as well as e.g. 6lowpan in the
future.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-20 18:20:17 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 3a6d576be9 Bluetooth: Convert disconn_cfm to be triggered through hci_cb
This patch moves all the disconn_cfm callbacks to be based on the hci_cb
list. This means making l2cap_disconn_cfm private to l2cap_core.c and
sco_conn_cb private to sco.c respectively. Since the hci_conn type
filtering isn't done any more on the wrapper level the callbacks
themselves need to check that they were passed a relevant type of
connection.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-19 08:44:29 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 539c496d88 Bluetooth: Convert connect_cfm to be triggered through hci_cb
This patch moves all the connect_cfm callbacks to be based on the hci_cb
list. This means making l2cap_connect_cfm private to l2cap_core.c and
sco_connect_cb private to sco.c respectively. Since the hci_conn type
filtering isn't done any more on the wrapper level the callbacks
themselves need to check that they were passed a relevant type of
connection.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-19 08:44:29 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 354fe804ed Bluetooth: Convert L2CAP security callback to use hci_cb
There's no reason to have the custom hci_proto_auth/encrypt_cfm helpers
when the hci_cb list works equally well. This patch adds L2CAP to the
hci_cb list and makes l2cap_security_cfm a private function of
l2cap_core.c.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-19 08:44:28 +01:00
Johan Hedberg fba7ecf09b Bluetooth: Convert hci_cb_list_lock to a mutex
We'll soon need to be able to sleep inside the loops that iterate the
hci_cb list, so neither a spinlock, rwlock or rcu are usable. This patch
changes the lock to a mutex which permits sleeping while holding the
lock.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-19 08:44:28 +01:00
Linus Torvalds f5af19d10d Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking updates from David Miller:

 1) Missing netlink attribute validation in nft_lookup, from Patrick
    McHardy.

 2) Restrict ipv6 partial checksum handling to UDP, since that's the
    only case it works for.  From Vlad Yasevich.

 3) Clear out silly device table sentinal macros used by SSB and BCMA
    drivers.  From Joe Perches.

 4) Make sure the remote checksum code never creates a situation where
    the remote checksum is applied yet the tunneling metadata describing
    the remote checksum transformation is still present.  Otherwise an
    external entity might see this and apply the checksum again.  From
    Tom Herbert.

 5) Use msecs_to_jiffies() where applicable, from Nicholas Mc Guire.

 6) Don't explicitly initialize timer struct fields, use setup_timer()
    and mod_timer() instead.  From Vaishali Thakkar.

 7) Don't invoke tg3_halt() without the tp->lock held, from Jun'ichi
    Nomura.

 8) Missing __percpu annotation in ipvlan driver, from Eric Dumazet.

 9) Don't potentially perform skb_get() on shared skbs, also from Eric
    Dumazet.

10) Fix COW'ing of metrics for non-DST_HOST routes in ipv6, from Martin
    KaFai Lau.

11) Fix merge resolution error between the iov_iter changes in vhost and
    some bug fixes that occurred at the same time.  From Jason Wang.

12) If rtnl_configure_link() fails we have to perform a call to
    ->dellink() before unregistering the device.  From WANG Cong.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (39 commits)
  net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type
  rtnetlink: call ->dellink on failure when ->newlink exists
  com20020-pci: add support for eae single card
  vhost_net: fix wrong iter offset when setting number of buffers
  net: spelling fixes
  net/core: Fix warning while make xmldocs caused by dev.c
  net: phy: micrel: disable NAND-tree for KSZ8021, KSZ8031, KSZ8051, KSZ8081
  ipv6: fix ipv6_cow_metrics for non DST_HOST case
  openvswitch: Fix key serialization.
  r8152: restore hw settings
  hso: fix rx parsing logic when skb allocation fails
  tcp: make sure skb is not shared before using skb_get()
  bridge: netfilter: Move sysctl-specific error code inside #ifdef
  ipv6: fix possible deadlock in ip6_fl_purge / ip6_fl_gc
  ipvlan: add a missing __percpu pcpu_stats
  tg3: Hold tp->lock before calling tg3_halt() from tg3_init_one()
  bgmac: fix device initialization on Northstar SoCs (condition typo)
  qlcnic: Delete existing multicast MAC list before adding new
  net/mlx5_core: Fix configuration of log_uar_page_sz
  sunvnet: don't change gso data on clones
  ...
2015-02-17 17:41:19 -08:00
Tedd Ho-Jeong An a44fecbd52 Bluetooth: Add shutdown callback before closing the device
This callback allows a vendor to send the vendor specific commands
before cloing the hci interface.

Signed-off-by: Tedd Ho-Jeong An <tedd.an@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-15 00:37:52 +01:00
Alexander Aring b976796950 ieee802154: cleanup ieee802154_le64_to_be64
This patch cleanups the ieee802154_le64_to_be64 function. This patch
removes an unnecessary temporary variable.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-14 05:19:58 +01:00
Alexander Aring ba5bf17e83 ieee802154: cleanup ieee802154_be64_to_le64
This patch cleanups the ieee802154_be64_to_le64 function. This patch
removes an unnecessary temporary variable.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-14 05:19:58 +01:00
Vladimir Davydov f48b80a5e2 memcg: cleanup static keys decrement
Move memcg_socket_limit_enabled decrement to tcp_destroy_cgroup (called
from memcg_destroy_kmem -> mem_cgroup_sockets_destroy) and zap a bunch of
wrapper functions.

Although this patch moves static keys decrement from __mem_cgroup_free to
mem_cgroup_css_free, it does not introduce any functional changes, because
the keys are incremented on setting the limit (tcp or kmem), which can
only happen after successful mem_cgroup_css_online.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtisu.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2015-02-12 18:54:10 -08:00
huaibin Wang ac37e2515c xfrm: release dst_orig in case of error in xfrm_lookup()
dst_orig should be released on error. Function like __xfrm_route_forward()
expects that behavior.
Since a recent commit, xfrm_lookup() may also be called by xfrm_lookup_route(),
which expects the opposite.
Let's introduce a new flag (XFRM_LOOKUP_KEEP_DST_REF) to tell what should be
done in case of error.

Fixes: f92ee61982d("xfrm: Generate blackhole routes only from route lookup functions")
Signed-off-by: huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2015-02-12 07:10:56 +01:00
Linus Torvalds 8cc748aa76 Merge branch 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security
Pull security layer updates from James Morris:
 "Highlights:

   - Smack adds secmark support for Netfilter
   - /proc/keys is now mandatory if CONFIG_KEYS=y
   - TPM gets its own device class
   - Added TPM 2.0 support
   - Smack file hook rework (all Smack users should review this!)"

* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (64 commits)
  cipso: don't use IPCB() to locate the CIPSO IP option
  SELinux: fix error code in policydb_init()
  selinux: add security in-core xattr support for pstore and debugfs
  selinux: quiet the filesystem labeling behavior message
  selinux: Remove unused function avc_sidcmp()
  ima: /proc/keys is now mandatory
  Smack: Repair netfilter dependency
  X.509: silence asn1 compiler debug output
  X.509: shut up about included cert for silent build
  KEYS: Make /proc/keys unconditional if CONFIG_KEYS=y
  MAINTAINERS: email update
  tpm/tpm_tis: Add missing ifdef CONFIG_ACPI for pnp_acpi_device
  smack: fix possible use after frees in task_security() callers
  smack: Add missing logging in bidirectional UDS connect check
  Smack: secmark support for netfilter
  Smack: Rework file hooks
  tpm: fix format string error in tpm-chip.c
  char/tpm/tpm_crb: fix build error
  smack: Fix a bidirectional UDS connect check typo
  smack: introduce a special case for tmpfs in smack_d_instantiate()
  ...
2015-02-11 20:25:11 -08:00
Tom Herbert 0ace2ca89c vxlan: Use checksum partial with remote checksum offload
Change remote checksum handling to set checksum partial as default
behavior. Added an iflink parameter to configure not using
checksum partial (calling csum_partial to update checksum).

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-11 15:12:13 -08:00
Tom Herbert 26c4f7da3e net: Fix remcsum in GRO path to not change packet
Remote checksum offload processing is currently the same for both
the GRO and non-GRO path. When the remote checksum offload option
is encountered, the checksum field referred to is modified in
the packet. So in the GRO case, the packet is modified in the
GRO path and then the operation is skipped when the packet goes
through the normal path based on skb->remcsum_offload. There is
a problem in that the packet may be modified in the GRO path, but
then forwarded off host still containing the remote checksum option.
A remote host will again perform RCO but now the checksum verification
will fail since GRO RCO already modified the checksum.

To fix this, we ensure that GRO restores a packet to it's original
state before returning. In this model, when GRO processes a remote
checksum option it still changes the checksum per the algorithm
but on return from lower layer processing the checksum is restored
to its original value.

In this patch we add define gro_remcsum structure which is passed
to skb_gro_remcsum_process to save offset and delta for the checksum
being changed. After lower layer processing, skb_gro_remcsum_cleanup
is called to restore the checksum before returning from GRO.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-11 15:12:09 -08:00
Paul Moore 04f81f0154 cipso: don't use IPCB() to locate the CIPSO IP option
Using the IPCB() macro to get the IPv4 options is convenient, but
unfortunately NetLabel often needs to examine the CIPSO option outside
of the scope of the IP layer in the stack.  While historically IPCB()
worked above the IP layer, due to the inclusion of the inet_skb_param
struct at the head of the {tcp,udp}_skb_cb structs, recent commit
971f10ec ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
reordered the tcp_skb_cb struct and invalidated this IPCB() trick.

This patch fixes the problem by creating a new function,
cipso_v4_optptr(), which locates the CIPSO option inside the IP header
without calling IPCB().  Unfortunately, this isn't as fast as a simple
lookup so some additional tweaks were made to limit the use of this
new function.

Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.18
Reported-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
2015-02-11 14:46:37 -05:00
Fan Du b0f9ca53cb ipv4: Namespecify TCP PMTU mechanism
Packetization Layer Path MTU Discovery works separately beside
Path MTU Discovery at IP level, different net namespace has
various requirements on which one to chose, e.g., a virutalized
container instance would require TCP PMTU to probe an usable
effective mtu for underlying tunnel, while the host would
employ classical ICMP based PMTU to function.

Hence making TCP PMTU mechanism per net namespace to decouple
two functionality. Furthermore the probe base MSS should also
be configured separately for each namespace.

Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-09 18:45:00 -08:00
David S. Miller 2573beec56 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-09 14:35:57 -08:00
Vlad Yasevich 8381eacf5c ipv6: Make __ipv6_select_ident static
Make __ipv6_select_ident() static as it isn't used outside
the file.

Fixes: 0508c07f5e (ipv6: Select fragment id during UFO segmentation if not set.)
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-09 14:21:03 -08:00
Moni Shoua 92e584fe44 net/bonding: Fix potential bad memory access during bonding events
When queuing work to send the NETDEV_BONDING_INFO netdev event, it's
possible that when the work is executed, the pointer to the slave
becomes invalid. This can happen if between queuing the event and the
execution of the work, the net-device was un-ensvaled and re-enslaved.

Fix that by queuing a work with the data of the slave instead of the
slave structure.

Fixes: 69e6113343 ('net/bonding: Notify state change on slaves')
Reported-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-09 14:03:53 -08:00
Julian Anastasov cd67cd5eb2 ipvs: use 64-bit rates in stats
IPVS stats are limited to 2^(32-10) conns/s and packets/s,
2^(32-5) bytes/s. It is time to use 64 bits:

* Change all conn/packet kernel counters to 64-bit and update
them in u64_stats_update_{begin,end} section

* In kernel use struct ip_vs_kstats instead of the user-space
struct ip_vs_stats_user and use new func ip_vs_export_stats_user
to export it to sockopt users to preserve compatibility with
32-bit values

* Rename cpu counters "ustats" to "cnt"

* To netlink users provide additionally 64-bit stats:
IPVS_SVC_ATTR_STATS64 and IPVS_DEST_ATTR_STATS64. Old stats
remain for old binaries.

* We can use ip_vs_copy_stats in ip_vs_stats_percpu_show

Thanks to Chris Caputo for providing initial patch for ip_vs_est.c

Signed-off-by: Chris Caputo <ccaputo@alt.net>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2015-02-09 16:59:03 +09:00
Eric Dumazet 567e4b7973 net: rfs: add hash collision detection
Receive Flow Steering is a nice solution but suffers from
hash collisions when a mix of connected and unconnected traffic
is received on the host, when flow hash table is populated.

Also, clearing flow in inet_release() makes RFS not very good
for short lived flows, as many packets can follow close().
(FIN , ACK packets, ...)

This patch extends the information stored into global hash table
to not only include cpu number, but upper part of the hash value.

I use a 32bit value, and dynamically split it in two parts.

For host with less than 64 possible cpus, this gives 6 bits for the
cpu number, and 26 (32-6) bits for the upper part of the hash.

Since hash bucket selection use low order bits of the hash, we have
a full hash match, if /proc/sys/net/core/rps_sock_flow_entries is big
enough.

If the hash found in flow table does not match, we fallback to RPS (if
it is enabled for the rxqueue).

This means that a packet for an non connected flow can avoid the
IPI through a unrelated/victim CPU.

This also means we no longer have to clear the table at socket
close time, and this helps short lived flows performance.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-08 16:53:57 -08:00
Neal Cardwell a9b2c06dbe tcp: mitigate ACK loops for connections as tcp_request_sock
In the SYN_RECV state, where the TCP connection is represented by
tcp_request_sock, we now rate-limit SYNACKs in response to a client's
retransmitted SYNs: we do not send a SYNACK in response to client SYN
if it has been less than sysctl_tcp_invalid_ratelimit (default 500ms)
since we last sent a SYNACK in response to a client's retransmitted
SYN.

This allows the vast majority of legitimate client connections to
proceed unimpeded, even for the most aggressive platforms, iOS and
MacOS, which actually retransmit SYNs 1-second intervals for several
times in a row. They use SYN RTO timeouts following the progression:
1,1,1,1,1,2,4,8,16,32.

Reported-by: Avery Fay <avery@mixpanel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-08 01:03:12 -08:00
Neal Cardwell 032ee42369 tcp: helpers to mitigate ACK loops by rate-limiting out-of-window dupacks
Helpers for mitigating ACK loops by rate-limiting dupacks sent in
response to incoming out-of-window packets.

This patch includes:

- rate-limiting logic
- sysctl to control how often we allow dupacks to out-of-window packets
- SNMP counter for cases where we rate-limited our dupack sending

The rate-limiting logic in this patch decides to not send dupacks in
response to out-of-window segments if (a) they are SYNs or pure ACKs
and (b) the remote endpoint is sending them faster than the configured
rate limit.

We rate-limit our responses rather than blocking them entirely or
resetting the connection, because legitimate connections can rely on
dupacks in response to some out-of-window segments. For example, zero
window probes are typically sent with a sequence number that is below
the current window, and ZWPs thus expect to thus elicit a dupack in
response.

We allow dupacks in response to TCP segments with data, because these
may be spurious retransmissions for which the remote endpoint wants to
receive DSACKs. This is safe because segments with data can't
realistically be part of ACK loops, which by their nature consist of
each side sending pure/data-less ACKs to each other.

The dupack interval is controlled by a new sysctl knob,
tcp_invalid_ratelimit, given in milliseconds, in case an administrator
needs to dial this upward in the face of a high-rate DoS attack. The
name and units are chosen to be analogous to the existing analogous
knob for ICMP, icmp_ratelimit.

The default value for tcp_invalid_ratelimit is 500ms, which allows at
most one such dupack per 500ms. This is chosen to be 2x faster than
the 1-second minimum RTO interval allowed by RFC 6298 (section 2, rule
2.4). We allow the extra 2x factor because network delay variations
can cause packets sent at 1 second intervals to be compressed and
arrive much closer.

Reported-by: Avery Fay <avery@mixpanel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-08 01:03:12 -08:00
David S. Miller 3c09e92fb6 NFC: 3.20 second pull request
This is the second NFC pull request for 3.20.
 
 It brings:
 
 - NCI NFCEE (NFC Execution Environment, typically an embedded or
   external secure element) discovery and enabling/disabling support.
   In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we also added NCI's logical
   connections support to the NCI stack.
 
 - HCI over NCI protocol support. Some secure elements only understand
   HCI and thus we need to send them HCI frames when they're part of
   an NCI chipset.
 
 - NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION userspace API addition. Whenever an application
   running on a secure element needs to notify its host counterpart,
   we send an NFC_EVENT_SE_TRANSACTION event to userspace through the
   NFC netlink socket.
 
 - Secure element and HCI transaction event support for the st21nfcb
   chipset.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJU06ozAAoJEIqAPN1PVmxKdtkP/2CeQ0+xJnJWgyh4xjkVxfPb
 wPYrz3cHeHdnVX36mnIdRoQZRjxh/Ef/vgK8RsXohcldzHA9D8GjxRpj0GrkVGQ9
 xoDkiHsFDdsZHeezSrlnXNnObvZrkeMsmnUDJxfwLtcX1nzFKzBgW2GaDiNjUazC
 r5Ip4YIfoCaVLq5MSqYRqJ6uhplXd/ePdtPoo54L/E81y4ptQi8pUsQBy4K3GrFn
 FbXoemcymhi9AVBGl+OlppZ93t6bdOV1D5tcOwpytAbfa3jp2oUnJPZay7EoWruR
 aj8l5v3P+SSphAJwaGSbny0L83tTS7sq+N4QG+VxxdMkw2YjpmxgN3AGguNBtPGG
 SUThpZV6QhrkAOnwzP2BJnh68WSU1eJrGvk8zUWW0SanA8k2jaHO/VzXCA3/ZkC4
 IFcXl4Jr6R3iUxDFgS/6MB5E9EGedzFTacsWoHVyZPtaDAQp4WVdAIRQ4QKgJCLw
 1yRmCeVunTsrs6O0aenU1xHinPlnx+tkuiNh4H64APQYTz54WwXH1/S04OL1SkqI
 mTzUvFgWqJvSIOuU19g0HBw+xZ/9vvX8LLkm9kSTbe7tcmFH5CI7ZCN/hNDHvMSd
 sjNYOyag/SAHJ01tTKcSPAgWO49bHWPodI04zP0lK0gMLjKvRknVMdTgIDfu49HN
 2da9E23iBmNNgG79iVHN
 =8caD
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.20-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next

NFC: 3.20 second pull request

This is the second NFC pull request for 3.20.

It brings:

- NCI NFCEE (NFC Execution Environment, typically an embedded or
  external secure element) discovery and enabling/disabling support.
  In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we also added NCI's logical
  connections support to the NCI stack.

- HCI over NCI protocol support. Some secure elements only understand
  HCI and thus we need to send them HCI frames when they're part of
  an NCI chipset.

- NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION userspace API addition. Whenever an application
  running on a secure element needs to notify its host counterpart,
  we send an NFC_EVENT_SE_TRANSACTION event to userspace through the
  NFC netlink socket.

- Secure element and HCI transaction event support for the st21nfcb
  chipset.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-07 22:22:25 -08:00
Erik Kline c58da4c659 net: ipv6: allow explicitly choosing optimistic addresses
RFC 4429 ("Optimistic DAD") states that optimistic addresses
should be treated as deprecated addresses.  From section 2.1:

   Unless noted otherwise, components of the IPv6 protocol stack
   should treat addresses in the Optimistic state equivalently to
   those in the Deprecated state, indicating that the address is
   available for use but should not be used if another suitable
   address is available.

Optimistic addresses are indeed avoided when other addresses are
available (i.e. at source address selection time), but they have
not heretofore been available for things like explicit bind() and
sendmsg() with struct in6_pktinfo, etc.

This change makes optimistic addresses treated more like
deprecated addresses than tentative ones.

Signed-off-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Acked-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-05 15:37:41 -08:00
David S. Miller 6e03f896b5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/vxlan.c
	drivers/vhost/net.c
	include/linux/if_vlan.h
	net/core/dev.c

The net/core/dev.c conflict was the overlap of one commit marking an
existing function static whilst another was adding a new function.

In the include/linux/if_vlan.h case, the type used for a local
variable was changed in 'net', whereas the function got rewritten
to fix a stacked vlan bug in 'net-next'.

In drivers/vhost/net.c, Al Viro's iov_iter conversions in 'net-next'
overlapped with an endainness fix for VHOST 1.0 in 'net'.

In drivers/net/vxlan.c, vxlan_find_vni() added a 'flags' parameter
in 'net-next' whereas in 'net' there was a bug fix to pass in the
correct network namespace pointer in calls to this function.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-05 14:33:28 -08:00
Eric Dumazet 677651462c ipv6: fix sparse errors in ip6_make_flowlabel()
include/net/ipv6.h:713:22: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
include/net/ipv6.h:713:22:    expected restricted __be32 [usertype] hash
include/net/ipv6.h:713:22:    got unsigned int
include/net/ipv6.h:719:25: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
include/net/ipv6.h:719:22: warning: invalid assignment: ^=
include/net/ipv6.h:719:22:    left side has type restricted __be32
include/net/ipv6.h:719:22:    right side has type unsigned int

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-05 00:42:28 -08:00
Eric Dumazet f4575d3534 flow_keys: n_proto type should be __be16
(struct flow_keys)->n_proto is in network order, use
proper type for this.

Fixes following sparse errors :

net/core/flow_dissector.c:139:39: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/core/flow_dissector.c:139:39:    expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] n_proto
net/core/flow_dissector.c:139:39:    got restricted __be16 [assigned] [usertype] proto
net/core/flow_dissector.c:237:23: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/core/flow_dissector.c:237:23:    expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] n_proto
net/core/flow_dissector.c:237:23:    got restricted __be16 [assigned] [usertype] proto

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: e0f31d8498 ("flow_keys: Record IP layer protocol in skb_flow_dissect()")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-05 00:40:22 -08:00
David S. Miller f2683b743f Merge branch 'for-davem' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs
More iov_iter work from Al Viro.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-04 20:46:55 -08:00
Eric Dumazet 9878196578 tcp: do not pace pure ack packets
When we added pacing to TCP, we decided to let sch_fq take care
of actual pacing.

All TCP had to do was to compute sk->pacing_rate using simple formula:

sk->pacing_rate = 2 * cwnd * mss / rtt

It works well for senders (bulk flows), but not very well for receivers
or even RPC :

cwnd on the receiver can be less than 10, rtt can be around 100ms, so we
can end up pacing ACK packets, slowing down the sender.

Really, only the sender should pace, according to its own logic.

Instead of adding a new bit in skb, or call yet another flow
dissection, we tweak skb->truesize to a small value (2), and
we instruct sch_fq to use new helper and not pace pure ack.

Note this also helps TCP small queue, as ack packets present
in qdisc/NIC do not prevent sending a data packet (RPC workload)

This helps to reduce tx completion overhead, ack packets can use regular
sock_wfree() instead of tcp_wfree() which is a bit more expensive.

This has no impact in the case packets are sent to loopback interface,
as we do not coalesce ack packets (were we would detect skb->truesize
lie)

In case netem (with a delay) is used, skb_orphan_partial() also sets
skb->truesize to 1.

This patch is a combination of two patches we used for about one year at
Google.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-04 20:36:31 -08:00
Moni Shoua 69e6113343 net/bonding: Notify state change on slaves
Use notifier chain to dispatch an event upon a change in slave state.
Event is dispatched with slave specific info.

Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-04 16:14:24 -08:00
Moni Shoua 69a2338e05 net/bonding: Move slave state changes to a helper function
Move slave state changes to a helper function, this is a pre-step for adding
functionality of dispatching an event when this helper is called.

This commit doesn't add new functionality.

Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-04 16:14:24 -08:00
David S. Miller 940288b6a5 Last round of updates for net-next:
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
  * fix a number of suspend/resume related races
    (from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
  * add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
  * add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
  * allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
  * some other cleanups (various)
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJU0NEaAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqr2DAP/3nbk6WB2Lz4Vwi8fh9C4y6X
 4ZzN2v7NHaimC+Wpxg3wP2wCdX2VG3ZWwF3yLm6qgVHGnE35RFLxURen1eqNeW77
 Yf5gvZ066nCGEQ8l8J6YK9vrLX4qp5c4lyE00bbxpZTA4Qq71SgTg+rmGC1be8uX
 vacfaLwfDWffuOOnjBAPfanj7f4AQaUEY2uN1WkBFC7iEeOtPcWVkHAFVIeGjJfQ
 vfgQJcwOjgWjYbwZdQQi7Aj+k1Yzda4pg1yEWn3CkZ8zyeCYGs1gk2ovoBgPgXBP
 yT9ypIdFsN242VJvy7nkFnCKA8mhKyltMQ1Xjs0Q9lAxWdaq9U+iqt5cUn4jxVIG
 T9Vi3PCbx/nVOqcfR81dBTQ3uDU5AyosPsmh2YTxi5lpRBrsjNY2FtaKE0sm2Om3
 wRiSPOdPrXBeEnU0KssI9e6euXgS4JQV78Naq85OWZDd2yZ1fT5U2fi8y4drRGlz
 rucbbobdVhQch5L4FStPz1uW5pNuJrhekXeZIE8MruTNg2A2oBAK3ApO7hxn68sE
 RnbAnkxVLwgedC9042JF5eiS1PDIU46w4e782j/+XskVKMEakqd23iJycx3tmgHZ
 cxDi/qKZ2RCE74YsT61o/9ErSVPvCfNPL3+CVov918jidQQg2WHfKm/jFlIxHIxk
 4wBP7p2VGlENMgw/R8GJ
 =wOaR
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-02-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Last round of updates for net-next:
 * revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
 * fix a number of suspend/resume related races
   (from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
 * add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
 * add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
 * allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
 * some other cleanups (various)

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-04 14:57:45 -08:00
David S. Miller 45e826fd57 Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-02-03

Here's what's likely the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.20.
Notable changes include:

 - xHCI workaround + a new id for the ath3k driver
 - Several new ids for the btusb driver
 - Support for new Intel Bluetooth controllers
 - Minor cleanups to ieee802154 code
 - Nested sleep warning fix in socket accept() code path
 - Fixes for Out of Band pairing handling
 - Support for LE scan restarting for HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER
 - Improvements to data we expose through debugfs
 - Proper handling of Hardware Error HCI events

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-04 13:56:37 -08:00
Christophe Ricard 15d4a8da0e NFC: nci: Move logical connection structure allocation
conn_info is currently allocated only after nfcee_discovery_ntf
which is not generic enough for logical connection other than
NFCEE. The corresponding conn_info is now created in
nci_core_conn_create_rsp().

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-04 09:14:09 +01:00
Christophe Ricard 3ba5c8466b NFC: nci: Change credits field to credits_cnt
For consistency sake change nci_core_conn_create_rsp structure
credits field to credits_cnt.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-04 09:13:15 +01:00
Christophe Ricard b16ae7160a NFC: nci: Support all destinations type when creating a connection
The current implementation limits nci_core_conn_create_req()
to only manage NCI_DESTINATION_NFCEE.
Add new parameters to nci_core_conn_create() to support all
destination types described in the NCI specification.
Because there are some parameters with variable size dynamic
buffer allocation is needed.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-04 09:10:50 +01:00
Christophe Ricard 12bdf27d46 NFC: nci: Add reference to the RF logical connection
The NCI_STATIC_RF_CONN_ID logical connection is the most used
connection. Keeping it directly accessible in the nci_dev
structure will simplify and optimize the access.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-04 09:09:53 +01:00
Vlad Yasevich 0508c07f5e ipv6: Select fragment id during UFO segmentation if not set.
If the IPv6 fragment id has not been set and we perform
fragmentation due to UFO, select a new fragment id.
We now consider a fragment id of 0 as unset and if id selection
process returns 0 (after all the pertrubations), we set it to
0x80000000, thus giving us ample space not to create collisions
with the next packet we may have to fragment.

When doing UFO integrity checking, we also select the
fragment id if it has not be set yet.   This is stored into
the skb_shinfo() thus allowing UFO to function correclty.

This patch also removes duplicate fragment id generation code
and moves ipv6_select_ident() into the header as it may be
used during GSO.

Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-03 23:06:43 -08:00
Al Viro 21226abb4e net: switch memcpy_fromiovec()/memcpy_fromiovecend() users to copy_from_iter()
That takes care of the majority of ->sendmsg() instances - most of them
via memcpy_to_msg() or assorted getfrag() callbacks.  One place where we
still keep memcpy_fromiovecend() is tipc - there we potentially read the
same data over and over; separate patch, that...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2015-02-04 01:34:15 -05:00
Al Viro 57be5bdad7 ip: convert tcp_sendmsg() to iov_iter primitives
patch is actually smaller than it seems to be - most of it is unindenting
the inner loop body in tcp_sendmsg() itself...

the bit in tcp_input.c is going to get reverted very soon - that's what
memcpy_from_msg() will become, but not in this commit; let's keep it
reasonably contained...

There's one potentially subtle change here: in case of short copy from
userland, mainline tcp_send_syn_data() discards the skb it has allocated
and falls back to normal path, where we'll send as much as possible after
rereading the same data again.  This patch trims SYN+data skb instead -
that way we don't need to copy from the same place twice.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2015-02-04 01:34:14 -05:00
Al Viro cacdc7d2f9 ip: stash a pointer to msghdr in struct ping_fakehdr
... instead of storing its ->mgs_iter.iov there

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2015-02-04 01:34:14 -05:00
David S. Miller 3ae55826ae Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net

The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:

1) Validate hooks for nf_tables NAT expressions, otherwise users can
   crash the kernel when using them from the wrong hook. We already
   got one user trapped on this when configuring masquerading.

2) Fix a BUG splat in nf_tables with CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT=y. Reported
   by Andreas Schultz.

3) Avoid unnecessary reroute of traffic in the local input path
   in IPVS that triggers a crash in in xfrm. Reported by Florian
   Wiessner and fixes by Julian Anastasov.

4) Fix memory and module refcount leak from the error path of
   nf_tables_newchain().
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-02 19:30:53 -08:00
Vlad Yasevich 6422398c2a ipv6: introduce ipv6_make_skb
This commit is very similar to
commit 1c32c5ad6f
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Date:   Tue Mar 1 02:36:47 2011 +0000

    inet: Add ip_make_skb and ip_finish_skb

It adds IPv6 version of the helpers ip6_make_skb and ip6_finish_skb.

The job of ip6_make_skb is to collect messages into an ipv6 packet
and poplulate ipv6 eader.  The job of ip6_finish_skb is to transmit
the generated skb.  Together they replicated the job of
ip6_push_pending_frames() while also provide the capability to be
called independently.  This will be needed to add lockless UDP sendmsg
support.

Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-02 19:28:04 -08:00
Willem de Bruijn b245be1f4d net-timestamp: no-payload only sysctl
Tx timestamps are looped onto the error queue on top of an skb. This
mechanism leaks packet headers to processes unless the no-payload
options SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY is set.

Add a sysctl that optionally drops looped timestamp with data. This
only affects processes without CAP_NET_RAW.

The policy is checked when timestamps are generated in the stack.
It is possible for timestamps with data to be reported after the
sysctl is set, if these were queued internally earlier.

No vulnerability is immediately known that exploits knowledge
gleaned from packet headers, but it may still be preferable to allow
administrators to lock down this path at the cost of possible
breakage of legacy applications.

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>

----

Changes
  (v1 -> v2)
  - test socket CAP_NET_RAW instead of capable(CAP_NET_RAW)
  (rfc -> v1)
  - document the sysctl in Documentation/sysctl/net.txt
  - fix access control race: read .._OPT_TSONLY only once,
        use same value for permission check and skb generation.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-02 18:46:51 -08:00
Christophe Ricard a41bb8448e NFC: nci: Add RF NFCEE action notification support
The NFCC sends an NCI_OP_RF_NFCEE_ACTION_NTF notification
to the host (DH) to let it know that for example an RF
transaction with a payment reader is done.
For now the notification handler is empty.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-02 21:50:41 +01:00
Christophe Ricard 447b27c4f2 NFC: Forward NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION to user space
NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION is sent through netlink in order for a
specific application running on a secure element to notify
userspace of an event. Typically the secure element application
counterpart on the host could interpret that event and act
upon it.

Forwarded information contains:
- SE host generating the event
- Application IDentifier doing the operation
- Applications parameters

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-02 21:50:40 +01:00
Christophe Ricard 11f54f2286 NFC: nci: Add HCI over NCI protocol support
According to the NCI specification, one can use HCI over NCI
to talk with specific NFCEE. The HCI network is viewed as one
logical NFCEE.
This is needed to support secure element running HCI only
firmwares embedded on an NCI capable chipset, like e.g. the
st21nfcb.
There is some duplication between this piece of code and the
HCI core code, but the latter would need to be abstracted even
more to be able to use NCI as a logical transport for HCP packets.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-02 21:50:40 +01:00
Christophe Ricard 736bb95774 NFC: nci: Support logical connections management
In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we need to open a logical
connection to it, by sending the NCI_OP_CORE_CONN_CREATE_CMD
command to the NFCC. It's left up to the drivers to decide when
to close an already opened logical connection.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-02 21:50:39 +01:00
Christophe Ricard f7f793f313 NFC: nci: Add NFCEE enabling and disabling support
NFCEEs can be enabled or disabled by sending the
NCI_OP_NFCEE_MODE_SET_CMD command to the NFCC. This patch
provides an API for drivers to enable and disable e.g. their
NCI discoveredd secure elements.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-02 21:50:39 +01:00
Christophe Ricard af9c8aa67d NFC: nci: Add NFCEE discover support
NFCEEs (NFC Execution Environment) have to be explicitly
discovered by sending the NCI_OP_NFCEE_DISCOVER_CMD
command. The NFCC will respond to this command by telling
us how many NFCEEs are connected to it. Then the NFCC sends
a notification command for each and every NFCEE connected.
Here we implement support for sending
NCI_OP_NFCEE_DISCOVER_CMD command, receiving the response
and the potential notifications.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-02 21:50:38 +01:00
Christophe Ricard 8277f6937a NFC: nci: Add NCI NFCEE constants
Add NFCEE NCI constant for:
- NFCEE Interface/Protocols
- Destination type
- Destination-specific parameters type
- NFCEE Discovery Action

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-02 21:50:38 +01:00
Christophe Ricard 4aeee6871e NFC: nci: Add dynamic logical connections support
The current NCI core only support the RF static connection.
For other NFC features such as Secure Element communication, we
may need to create logical connections to the NFCEE (Execution
Environment.

In order to track each logical connection ID dynamically, we add a
linked list of connection info pointers to the nci_dev structure.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-02-02 21:50:31 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 66f096f791 Bluetooth: Remove mgmt_rp_read_local_oob_ext_data struct
This extended return parameters struct conflicts with the new Read Local
OOB Extended Data command definition. To avoid the conflict simply
rename the old "extended" version to the normal one and update the code
appropriately to take into account the two possible response PDU sizes.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-02 18:27:56 +01:00
Jakub Pawlowski 4b0e0ceddf Bluetooth: Add restarting to service discovery
When using LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_ENABLE, some controllers would send
advertising report from each LE device only once. That means that we
don't get any updates on RSSI value, and makes Service Discovery very
slow. This patch adds restarting scan when in Service Discovery, and
device with filtered uuid is found, but it's not in RSSI range to send
event yet. This way if device moves into range, we will quickly get RSSI
update.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-02 08:52:34 +01:00
Jakub Pawlowski 2d28cfe7aa Bluetooth: Add le_scan_restart work for LE scan restarting
Currently there is no way to restart le scan, and it's needed in
service scan method. The way it work: it disable, and then enable le
scan on controller.

During the restart, we must remember when the scan was started, and
it's duration, to later re-schedule the le_scan_disable work, that was
stopped during the stop scan phase.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-02-02 08:52:33 +01:00
Roopa Prabhu 8a44dbb202 swdevice: add new apis to set and del bridge port attributes
This patch adds two new api's netdev_switch_port_bridge_setlink
and netdev_switch_port_bridge_dellink to offload bridge port attributes
to switch port

(The names of the apis look odd with 'switch_port_bridge',
but am more inclined to change the prefix of the api to something else.
Will take any suggestions).

The api's look at the NETIF_F_HW_SWITCH_OFFLOAD feature flag to
pass bridge port attributes to the port device.

Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-01 23:16:34 -08:00
Eric Dumazet bdbbb8527b ipv4: tcp: get rid of ugly unicast_sock
In commit be9f4a44e7 ("ipv4: tcp: remove per net tcp_sock")
I tried to address contention on a socket lock, but the solution
I chose was horrible :

commit 3a7c384ffd ("ipv4: tcp: unicast_sock should not land outside
of TCP stack") addressed a selinux regression.

commit 0980e56e50 ("ipv4: tcp: set unicast_sock uc_ttl to -1")
took care of another regression.

commit b5ec8eeac4 ("ipv4: fix ip_send_skb()") fixed another regression.

commit 811230cd85 ("tcp: ipv4: initialize unicast_sock sk_pacing_rate")
was another shot in the dark.

Really, just use a proper socket per cpu, and remove the skb_orphan()
call, to re-enable flow control.

This solves a serious problem with FQ packet scheduler when used in
hostile environments, as we do not want to allocate a flow structure
for every RST packet sent in response to a spoofed packet.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-01 23:06:19 -08:00
Eric Dumazet 0d32ef8cef net: sched: fix panic in rate estimators
Doing the following commands on a non idle network device
panics the box instantly, because cpu_bstats gets overwritten
by stats.

tc qdisc add dev eth0 root <your_favorite_qdisc>
... some traffic (one packet is enough) ...
tc qdisc replace dev eth0 root est 1sec 4sec <your_favorite_qdisc>

[  325.355596] BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at ffff8841dc5a074c
[  325.362609] IP: [<ffffffff81541c9e>] __gnet_stats_copy_basic+0x3e/0x90
[  325.369158] PGD 1fa7067 PUD 0
[  325.372254] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[  325.375514] Modules linked in: ...
[  325.398346] CPU: 13 PID: 14313 Comm: tc Not tainted 3.19.0-smp-DEV #1163
[  325.412042] task: ffff8800793ab5d0 ti: ffff881ff2fa4000 task.ti: ffff881ff2fa4000
[  325.419518] RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff81541c9e>]  [<ffffffff81541c9e>] __gnet_stats_copy_basic+0x3e/0x90
[  325.428506] RSP: 0018:ffff881ff2fa7928  EFLAGS: 00010286
[  325.433824] RAX: 000000000000000c RBX: ffff881ff2fa796c RCX: 000000000000000c
[  325.440988] RDX: ffff8841dc5a0744 RSI: 0000000000000060 RDI: 0000000000000060
[  325.448120] RBP: ffff881ff2fa7948 R08: ffffffff81cd4f80 R09: 0000000000000000
[  325.455268] R10: ffff883ff223e400 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: 000000015cba0744
[  325.462405] R13: ffffffff81cd4f80 R14: ffff883ff223e460 R15: ffff883feea0722c
[  325.469536] FS:  00007f2ee30fa700(0000) GS:ffff88407fa20000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[  325.477630] CS:  0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
[  325.483380] CR2: ffff8841dc5a074c CR3: 0000003feeae9000 CR4: 00000000001407e0
[  325.490510] Stack:
[  325.492524]  ffff883feea0722c ffff883fef719dc0 ffff883feea0722c ffff883ff223e4a0
[  325.499990]  ffff881ff2fa79a8 ffffffff815424ee ffff883ff223e49c 000000015cba0744
[  325.507460]  00000000f2fa7978 0000000000000000 ffff881ff2fa79a8 ffff883ff223e4a0
[  325.514956] Call Trace:
[  325.517412]  [<ffffffff815424ee>] gen_new_estimator+0x8e/0x230
[  325.523250]  [<ffffffff815427aa>] gen_replace_estimator+0x4a/0x60
[  325.529349]  [<ffffffff815718ab>] tc_modify_qdisc+0x52b/0x590
[  325.535117]  [<ffffffff8155edd0>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0xa0/0x240
[  325.540963]  [<ffffffff8155ed30>] ? __rtnl_unlock+0x20/0x20
[  325.546532]  [<ffffffff8157f811>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xb1/0xc0
[  325.552145]  [<ffffffff8155b355>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x25/0x40
[  325.557558]  [<ffffffff8157f0d8>] netlink_unicast+0x168/0x220
[  325.563317]  [<ffffffff8157f47c>] netlink_sendmsg+0x2ec/0x3e0

Lets play safe and not use an union : percpu 'pointers' are mostly read
anyway, and we have typically few qdiscs per host.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Fixes: 22e0f8b932 ("net: sched: make bstats per cpu and estimator RCU safe")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-31 17:49:37 -08:00
Eric Dumazet 349c9e3c73 ipv4: icmp: use percpu allocation
Get rid of nr_cpu_ids and use modern percpu allocation.

Note that the sockets themselves are not yet allocated
using NUMA affinity.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-31 17:48:18 -08:00
Marcel Holtmann f7697b1602 Bluetooth: Store OOB data present value for each set of remote OOB data
Instead of doing complex calculation every time the OOB data is used,
just calculate the OOB data present value and store it with the OOB
data raw values.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-31 09:59:45 +02:00
Christoph Hellwig 7cc0566268 net: remove sock_iocb
The sock_iocb structure is allocate on stack for each read/write-like
operation on sockets, and contains various fields of which only the
embedded msghdr and sometimes a pointer to the scm_cookie is ever used.
Get rid of the sock_iocb and put a msghdr directly on the stack and pass
the scm_cookie explicitly to netlink_mmap_sendmsg.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-28 23:15:07 -08:00
Jesse Gross b8693877ae openvswitch: Add support for checksums on UDP tunnels.
Currently, it isn't possible to request checksums on the outer UDP
header of tunnels - the TUNNEL_CSUM flag is ignored. This adds
support for requesting that UDP checksums be computed on transmit
and properly reported if they are present on receive.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-28 23:04:15 -08:00
David S. Miller b8f8be3f04 NFC: 3.20 first pull request
This is the first NFC pull request for 3.20.
 
 With this one we have:
 
 - Secure element support for the ST Micro st21nfca driver. This depends
   on a few HCI internal changes in order for example to support more
   than one secure element per controller.
 
 - ACPI support for NXP's pn544 HCI driver. This controller is found on
   many x86 SoCs and is typically enumerated on the ACPI bus there.
 
 - A few st21nfca and st21nfcb fixes.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJUyXy7AAoJEIqAPN1PVmxKOY4P/1WJtEZfzBOFMlh9qeA8YESv
 cS1xbZuAVeEJ3r/sgDc87iA/4MMNZDzfhDHQlQJs/pJWAXE3Am1/dZGWHJC6pbk/
 roTlbEh5OvQU8cRIdAvOcEgrBIWk+E30Mkd2OtOMpWyhbgChN7hKz0KUs7znVHBJ
 G3YCcZOPr7K2ra78UlYzApvGqoxiVaiEWQyj6rzx2HbVzxzICL6A5m9cRcZuGxYR
 sK3Y/DpKJKGwH3p1kkLIOqHy3nGhq2LttVSXF/f5xkOB8teERSkt4i8aJBiSb9ym
 a++iAWp2syH3sGh2rsb3G4KRYCYq2J9mJD7oBB3G/6UoNwyeSgW3GdxgH/yxt6C9
 KfzHm9T8jfvQIBlf4lGeboV8zu+ysQehJFNKtxdQDlvwqPiR14clT5JFejocr9+N
 SegCbF+LJaZW8boOZVvhxTxASpEZ0RTFwUIkKKxtXOpK4ha0s1gEAtuZUpTYmRtJ
 wGqds8wszkE0wOdZJi7dsCGpp5JNI0LZZCsuKa6Ko3E7LkTAor8Bbmob0RR51ClD
 srtoz6kJgoozAMRLMISXBimk0geOp38iGs26GPSpRHwSV/1loN6+abaOMYlGbDCq
 +oVpqMmJsS/z5US5+wEkWU+O4y9TS0O74d/TxxcwUM+CLNyKI+Ms1rMOyYi0domo
 2xa7MuDCrmztQbs6ROKT
 =SNWp
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.20-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next

NFC: 3.20 first pull request

This is the first NFC pull request for 3.20.

With this one we have:

- Secure element support for the ST Micro st21nfca driver. This depends
  on a few HCI internal changes in order for example to support more
  than one secure element per controller.

- ACPI support for NXP's pn544 HCI driver. This controller is found on
  many x86 SoCs and is typically enumerated on the ACPI bus there.

- A few st21nfca and st21nfcb fixes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-28 22:49:55 -08:00
Neal Cardwell e73ebb0881 tcp: stretch ACK fixes prep
LRO, GRO, delayed ACKs, and middleboxes can cause "stretch ACKs" that
cover more than the RFC-specified maximum of 2 packets. These stretch
ACKs can cause serious performance shortfalls in common congestion
control algorithms that were designed and tuned years ago with
receiver hosts that were not using LRO or GRO, and were instead
politely ACKing every other packet.

This patch series fixes Reno and CUBIC to handle stretch ACKs.

This patch prepares for the upcoming stretch ACK bug fix patches. It
adds an "acked" parameter to tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to allow for future
fixes to tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to correctly handle stretch ACKs, and
changes all congestion control algorithms to pass in 1 for the ACKed
count. It also changes tcp_slow_start() to return the number of packet
ACK "credits" that were not processed in slow start mode, and can be
processed by the congestion control module in additive increase mode.

In future patches we will fix tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to handle stretch
ACKs, and fix Reno and CUBIC handling of stretch ACKs in slow start
and additive increase mode.

Reported-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-28 22:18:37 -08:00
Marcel Holtmann c7741d16a5 Bluetooth: Perform a power cycle when receiving hardware error event
When receiving a HCI Hardware Error event, the controller should be
assumed to be non-functional until issuing a HCI Reset command.

The Bluetooth hardware errors are vendor specific and so add a
new hdev->hw_error callback that drivers can provide to run extra
code to handle the hardware error.

After completing the vendor specific error handling perform a full
reset of the Bluetooth stack by closing and re-opening the transport.

Based-on-patch-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-28 21:26:24 +01:00
Jonathan Toppins 303691042d bonding: cleanup and remove dead code
fix sparse warning about non-static function

drivers/net/bonding/bond_main.c:3737:5: warning: symbol
'bond_3ad_xor_xmit' was not declared. Should it be static?

Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-27 17:09:04 -08:00
Jonathan Toppins 2477bc9a3d bonding: update bond carrier state when min_links option changes
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-27 17:09:03 -08:00
David S. Miller 95f873f2ff Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-sdb.dts
	net/sched/cls_bpf.c

Two simple sets of overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-27 16:59:56 -08:00
Christophe Ricard 8409e4283c NFC: hci: Add cmd_received handler
When a command is received, it is sometime needed to let the CLF driver do
some additional operations. (ex: count remaining pipe notification...)

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-01-28 00:03:34 +01:00
Christophe Ricard af77522320 NFC: hci: Change nfc_hci_send_response gate parameter to pipe
As there can be several pipes connected to the same gate, we need
to know which pipe ID to use when sending an HCI response. A gate
ID is not enough.

Instead of changing the nfc_hci_send_response() API to something
not aligned with the rest of the HCI API, we call nfc_hci_hcp_message_tx
directly.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-01-27 23:55:20 +01:00
Christophe Ricard 118278f20a NFC: hci: Add pipes table to reference them with a tuple {gate, host}
In order to keep host source information on specific hci event (such as
evt_connectivity or evt_transaction) and because 2 pipes can be connected
to the same gate, it is necessary to add a table referencing every pipe
with a {gate, host} tuple.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-01-27 23:39:32 +01:00
Christophe Ricard fda7a49cb9 NFC: hci: Change event_received handler gate parameter to pipe
Several pipes may point to the same CLF gate, so getting the gate ID
as an input is not enough.
For example dual secure element may have 2 pipes (1 for uicc and
1 for eSE) pointing to the connectivity gate.

As resolving gate and host IDs can be done from a pipe, we now pass
the pipe ID to the event received handler.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2015-01-27 23:39:23 +01:00
Jouni Malinen 8ade538bf3 mac80111: Add BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 ciphers
This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 to the
driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the
driver does not support this with hardware accelaration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-27 11:10:13 +01:00
Jouni Malinen 00b9cfa3ff mac80111: Add GCMP and GCMP-256 ciphers
This allows mac80211 to configure GCMP and GCMP-256 to the driver and
also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does
not support this with hardware accelaration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[remove a spurious newline]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-27 11:06:09 +01:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa df4d92549f ipv4: try to cache dst_entries which would cause a redirect
Not caching dst_entries which cause redirects could be exploited by hosts
on the same subnet, causing a severe DoS attack. This effect aggravated
since commit f886497212 ("ipv4: fix dst race in sk_dst_get()").

Lookups causing redirects will be allocated with DST_NOCACHE set which
will force dst_release to free them via RCU.  Unfortunately waiting for
RCU grace period just takes too long, we can end up with >1M dst_entries
waiting to be released and the system will run OOM. rcuos threads cannot
catch up under high softirq load.

Attaching the flag to emit a redirect later on to the specific skb allows
us to cache those dst_entries thus reducing the pressure on allocation
and deallocation.

This issue was discovered by Marcelo Leitner.

Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-26 17:28:27 -08:00
Joe Stringer 7b1883cefc genetlink: Add genlmsg_parse() helper function.
The first user will be the next patch.

Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-26 15:45:50 -08:00
Tom Herbert af33c1adae vxlan: Eliminate dependency on UDP socket in transmit path
In the vxlan transmit path there is no need to reference the socket
for a tunnel which is needed for the receive side. We do, however,
need the vxlan_dev flags. This patch eliminate references
to the socket in the transmit path, and changes VXLAN_F_UNSHAREABLE
to be VXLAN_F_RCV_FLAGS. This mask is used to store the flags
applicable to receive (GBP, CSUM6_RX, and REMCSUM_RX) in the
vxlan_sock flags.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-24 23:15:40 -08:00
Tom Herbert d998f8efa4 udp: Do not require sock in udp_tunnel_xmit_skb
The UDP tunnel transmit functions udp_tunnel_xmit_skb and
udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb include a socket argument. The socket being
passed to the functions (from VXLAN) is a UDP created for receive
side. The only thing that the socket is used for in the transmit
functions is to get the setting for checksum (enabled or zero).
This patch removes the argument and and adds a nocheck argument
for checksum setting. This eliminates the unnecessary dependency
on a UDP socket for UDP tunnel transmit.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-24 23:15:40 -08:00
Johan Hedberg a1443f5a27 Bluetooth: Convert Set SC to use HCI Request
This patch converts the Set Secure Connection HCI handling to use a HCI
request instead of using a hard-coded callback in hci_event.c. This e.g.
ensures that we don't clear the flags incorrectly if something goes
wrong with the power up process (not related to a mgmt Set SC command).

The code can also be simplified a bit since only one pending Set SC
command is allowed, i.e. mgmt_pending_foreach usage is not needed.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-01-23 19:07:03 +01:00
Luciano Coelho 9c74893441 nl80211: add an attribute to allow delaying the first scheduled scan cycle
The userspace may want to delay the the first scheduled scan or
net-detect cycle.  Add an optional attribute to the scheduled scan
configuration to pass the delay to be (optionally) used by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[add the attribute to the policy to validate it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-23 10:30:47 +01:00
Lorenzo Bianconi db82d8a966 mac80211: enable TPC through mac80211 stack
Control per packet Transmit Power Control (TPC) in lower drivers
according to TX power settings configured by the user. In particular TPC is
enabled if value passed in enum nl80211_tx_power_setting is
NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from userspace),
whereas TPC is disabled if nl80211_tx_power_setting is set to
NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-23 10:28:51 +01:00
Johannes Berg fa7e1fbcb5 mac80211: allow drivers to control software crypto
Some drivers unfortunately cannot support software crypto, but
mac80211 currently assumes that they do.

This has the issue that if the hardware enabling fails for some
reason, the software fallback is used, which won't work. This
clearly isn't desirable, the error should be reported and the
key setting refused.

Support this in mac80211 by allowing drivers to set a new HW
flag IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, in which case mac80211 will
only allow software fallback if the set_key() method returns 1.
The driver will also need to advertise supported cipher suites
so that mac80211 doesn't advertise any (future) software ciphers
that the driver can't actually do.

While at it, to make it easier to support this, refactor the
ieee80211_init_cipher_suites() code.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-22 22:01:01 +01:00
David S. Miller 0c49087462 Some further updates for net-next:
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
  * fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
    genlmsg_end() mistake
  * fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
    that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
  * (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
    reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
    as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUvUZlAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrfNMQAJT5jjOSjmwW8Zdvujvda/qt
 bFpYa9t0NsN3izzMpjPSrCwPrHN5qE86ZA8TcZrIzejPH4rpltjaXB6JNHZardVo
 deCUWU9xotoPELoE0Xex9mHPEkYYvOaht/P8A/88qP1S2PykMmj9fqNeijyUvwuo
 Jlsh0wKe4Jq6bCmdxvy/bde84ceAQcuh2TKNov1S0tB38tRY9qSu2n6ZGpoMNcEe
 CWuW+23jL1uAvt6Ljk2fTKdLR8iyXykfM0UMX2/4R2PMnJXK/dQqV/eeXTjpxtMk
 UV4aIMcSS19D7HxICKOXOdZLdMMuXaFUnUMlGLBtXZz3n9lZoP7RtVIHoib8VBXZ
 tY7xQrK6YNvwZ4SZZPuv/yr6YWP2+vBM2FUfXjzD+or6uYsej203a5q0RsOY+3Tp
 6Yklr+mQNlrOtpMsHMSgrBUUZsAK1I95ALMVVqaq1hgf1cDvRIDHlOo4A7bjwNFw
 eA3L1o4O1/E/IGp4v6+2Iukc9rIwm11sNr/wuD8dDkZTradUPH1iY6J5sxJNb2Nq
 YdpCnQ/lNXj650+z9/G2omSA6DTTTOtXJPxKR+FOHZVKDpZYtF6TxKb0S79fINps
 6ZlWIna5bUiXF1b6xad1x+vtyjNMgTvkg6mR+WQnvF57Ri8hucbtpv5wpA5bhYUQ
 Fbz9VZF2nfMeIbXfTaWi
 =Bvmr
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Some further updates for net-next:
 * fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
 * fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
   genlmsg_end() mistake
 * fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
   that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
 * (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
   reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
   as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 16:22:19 -05:00
Felix Fietkau 22a5dc0e5e net: sched: Introduce connmark action
This tc action allows you to retrieve the connection tracking mark
This action has been used heavily by openwrt for a few years now.

There are known limitations currently:

doesn't work for initial packets, since we only query the ct table.
  Fine given use case is for returning packets

no implicit defrag.
  frags should be rare so fix later..

won't work for more complex tasks, e.g. lookup of other extensions
  since we have no means to store results

we still have a 2nd lookup later on via normal conntrack path.
This shouldn't break anything though since skb->nfct isn't altered.

V2:
remove unnecessary braces (Jiri)
change the action identifier to 14 (Jiri)
Fix some stylistic issues caught by checkpatch
V3:
Move module params to bottom (Cong)
Get rid of tcf_hashinfo_init and friends and conform to newer API (Cong)

Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 16:02:06 -05:00
Nicolas Dichtel 1728d4fabd tunnels: advertise link netns via netlink
Implement rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 14:32:03 -05:00
Nicolas Dichtel d37512a277 rtnl: add link netns id to interface messages
This patch adds a new attribute (IFLA_LINK_NETNSID) which contains the 'link'
netns id when this netns is different from the netns where the interface
stands (for example for x-net interfaces like ip tunnels).
With this attribute, it's possible to interpret correctly all advertised
information (like IFLA_LINK, etc.).

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 14:21:26 -05:00
Nicolas Dichtel 0c7aecd4bd netns: add rtnl cmd to add and get peer netns ids
With this patch, a user can define an id for a peer netns by providing a FD or a
PID. These ids are local to the netns where it is added (ie valid only into this
netns).

The main function (ie the one exported to other module), peernet2id(), allows to
get the id of a peer netns. If no id has been assigned by the user, this
function allocates one.

These ids will be used in netlink messages to point to a peer netns, for example
in case of a x-netns interface.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 14:21:18 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 75e8d06d43 netfilter: nf_tables: validate hooks in NAT expressions
The user can crash the kernel if it uses any of the existing NAT
expressions from the wrong hook, so add some code to validate this
when loading the rule.

This patch introduces nft_chain_validate_hooks() which is based on
an existing function in the bridge version of the reject expression.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-01-19 14:52:39 +01:00
Jiri Pirko 27c0013285 switchdev: fix typo in inline function definition
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 12:24:11 -05:00
Martin KaFai Lau 88340160f3 ip_tunnel: Create percpu gro_cell
In the ipip tunnel, the skb->queue_mapping is lost in ipip_rcv().
All skb will be queued to the same cell->napi_skbs.  The
gro_cell_poll is pinned to one core under load.  In production traffic,
we also see severe rx_dropped in the tunl iface and it is probably due to
this limit: skb_queue_len(&cell->napi_skbs) > netdev_max_backlog.

This patch is trying to alloc_percpu(struct gro_cell) and schedule
gro_cell_poll to process the skb in the same core.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 01:56:32 -05:00
Johannes Berg 053c095a82 netlink: make nlmsg_end() and genlmsg_end() void
Contrary to common expectations for an "int" return, these functions
return only a positive value -- if used correctly they cannot even
return 0 because the message header will necessarily be in the skb.

This makes the very common pattern of

  if (genlmsg_end(...) < 0) { ... }

be a whole bunch of dead code. Many places also simply do

  return nlmsg_end(...);

and the caller is expected to deal with it.

This also commonly (at least for me) causes errors, because it is very
common to write

  if (my_function(...))
    /* error condition */

and if my_function() does "return nlmsg_end()" this is of course wrong.

Additionally, there's not a single place in the kernel that actually
needs the message length returned, and if anyone needs it later then
it'll be very easy to just use skb->len there.

Remove this, and make the functions void. This removes a bunch of dead
code as described above. The patch adds lines because I did

-	return nlmsg_end(...);
+	nlmsg_end(...);
+	return 0;

I could have preserved all the function's return values by returning
skb->len, but instead I've audited all the places calling the affected
functions and found that none cared. A few places actually compared
the return value with <= 0 in dump functionality, but that could just
be changed to < 0 with no change in behaviour, so I opted for the more
efficient version.

One instance of the error I've made numerous times now is also present
in net/phonet/pn_netlink.c in the route_dumpit() function - it didn't
check for <0 or <=0 and thus broke out of the loop every single time.
I've preserved this since it will (I think) have caused the messages to
userspace to be formatted differently with just a single message for
every SKB returned to userspace. It's possible that this isn't needed
for the tools that actually use this, but I don't even know what they
are so couldn't test that changing this behaviour would be acceptable.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 01:03:45 -05:00
David S. Miller e445dd5f67 Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-01-16

Here are some more bluetooth & ieee802154 patches intended for 3.20:

 - Refactoring & cleanups of ieee802154 & 6lowpan code
 - Various fixes to the btmrvl driver
 - Fixes for Bluetooth Low Energy Privacy feature handling
 - Added build-time sanity checks for sockaddr sizes
 - Fixes for Security Manager registration on LE-only controllers
 - Refactoring of broken inquiry mode handling to a generic quirk

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 00:25:30 -05:00
Jiri Pirko 3aeb66176f net: replace br_fdb_external_learn_* calls with switchdev notifier events
This patch benefits from newly introduced switchdev notifier and uses it
to propagate fdb learn events from rocker driver to bridge. That avoids
direct function calls and possible use by other listeners (ovs).

Suggested-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 00:23:57 -05:00
Jiri Pirko 03bf0c2812 switchdev: introduce switchdev notifier
This patch introduces new notifier for purposes of exposing events which happen
on switch driver side. The consumers of the event messages are mainly involved
masters, namely bridge and ovs.

Suggested-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 00:23:57 -05:00
Jiri Pirko d23b8ad8ab tc: add BPF based action
This action provides a possibility to exec custom BPF code.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-17 23:51:10 -05:00
Johannes Berg ee1c244219 genetlink: synchronize socket closing and family removal
In addition to the problem Jeff Layton reported, I looked at the code
and reproduced the same warning by subscribing and removing the genl
family with a socket still open. This is a fairly tricky race which
originates in the fact that generic netlink allows the family to go
away while sockets are still open - unlike regular netlink which has
a module refcount for every open socket so in general this cannot be
triggered.

Trying to resolve this issue by the obvious locking isn't possible as
it will result in deadlocks between unregistration and group unbind
notification (which incidentally lockdep doesn't find due to the home
grown locking in the netlink table.)

To really resolve this, introduce a "closing socket" reference counter
(for generic netlink only, as it's the only affected family) in the
core netlink code and use that in generic netlink to wait for all the
sockets that are being closed at the same time as a generic netlink
family is removed.

This fixes the race that when a socket is closed, it will should call
the unbind, but if the family is removed at the same time the unbind
will not find it, leading to the warning. The real problem though is
that in this case the unbind could actually find a new family that is
registered to have a multicast group with the same ID, and call its
mcast_unbind() leading to confusing.

Also remove the warning since it would still trigger, but is now no
longer a problem.

This also moves the code in af_netlink.c to before unreferencing the
module to avoid having the same problem in the normal non-genl case.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-16 17:04:25 -05:00
Johannes Berg f555f3d76a genetlink: document parallel_ops
The kernel-doc for the parallel_ops family struct member is
missing, add it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-16 17:04:24 -05:00
Rickard Strandqvist 0026b6551b Bluetooth: Remove unused function
Remove the function hci_conn_change_link_key() that is not used anywhere.

This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called
cppcheck.

Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-16 13:06:38 +02:00
David S. Miller 27f097177d Here's a big pile of changes for this round.
We have
  * a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
    way newer Intel devices handle this
  * a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
    an AP instead of trying to wait for them
  * a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
    to not kick in too much for performance reasons
  * improvements in wireless link statistics
  * many other small improvements and small fixes that
    didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
    is testing only code)
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUt7WEAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrVBoP/2EViE62HMmXdqG1SZWz8q9o
 Iigq8STC/sT2WCx1pYm+tKuVW4LD2O3mCriGNP8A3RwzDZ6H7sKJYb1gV6QCPV6f
 4+yT5VSAB3D3lHmp/bbyNsmKCBQ5uS4LVgDrokrkbGpacDu94PYS5Wv9t3x6PBVB
 5Xjky6g6A/pSuxTIstSO9k5xkzNjaB1TxvVRz/gJrGcFQVkDFSlVbuTHUVxs8p+p
 k6mwY/2WYijZkswWZVQTJLQlF9vRI7PYkKs5m8gz4pjNU48oFJoyu4IP3Z1Xj/Sm
 zgT1C9rgp0Du74HYO2niGAvLWgKajAZuW5hIacDndUPjYQQBLgGs/bCJGSntM+x9
 XoOdPixdFPT/58ijyYZlmHc8rxPOd2kHsVbwGplp8f195S4VO04D+ejfOaoAUFwX
 v/kMvO3XIFmEH1jjkDAC3OTcRMYVMuENyWl7pFzxHIzPeRiEpQUd9iSdM4yol0F2
 ZyWvKud4U75Sh+aCiDIIBETtdfCRFe12hgKs4COYbI/UYkGPTPrNei/uisopdubT
 JC+7pZOYdSgoX12yVi6ds6DmKE/ZpIQyhIK4wTWgVoszbnfdb9Mw7mJEThwNRjeK
 JJPsbuty7u8HWjXzEqHLoTV3BFv1cgRSJc5Wt0zfME+LzD7iQpEpv+QBAguwwChD
 Osn55Z3FnKEmBdGcOIje
 =vaEW
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Here's a big pile of changes for this round.

We have
 * a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
   way newer Intel devices handle this
 * a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
   an AP instead of trying to wait for them
 * a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
   to not kick in too much for performance reasons
 * improvements in wireless link statistics
 * many other small improvements and small fixes that
   didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
   is testing only code)

Conflicts:
	drivers/staging/rtl8723au/os_dep/ioctl_cfg80211.c

Minor overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 19:16:56 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 5055c371bf ipv4: per cpu uncached list
RAW sockets with hdrinc suffer from contention on rt_uncached_lock
spinlock.

One solution is to use percpu lists, since most routes are destroyed
by the cpu that created them.

It is unclear why we even have to put these routes in uncached_list,
as all outgoing packets should be freed when a device is dismantled.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: caacf05e5a ("ipv4: Properly purge netdev references on uncached routes.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 18:26:16 -05:00
Johannes Berg b51f3beecf cfg80211: change bandwidth reporting to explicit field
For some reason, we made the bandwidth separate flags, which
is rather confusing - a single rate cannot have different
bandwidths at the same time.

Change this to no longer be flags but use a separate field
for the bandwidth ('bw') instead.

While at it, add support for 5 and 10 MHz rates - these are
reported as regular legacy rates with their real bitrate,
but tagged as 5/10 now to make it easier to distinguish them.

In the nl80211 API, the flags are preserved, but the code
now can also clearly only set a single one of the flags.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 22:41:32 +01:00
Johannes Berg 97d910d0aa cfg80211: remove 80+80 MHz rate reporting
These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec, so
it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver uses them
yet, this is also not a problem, just remove them.

In the userspace API the field remains reserved to preserve
API and ABI.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 16:05:21 +01:00
Johannes Berg f89903d53f mac80211: remove 80+80 MHz rate reporting
These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec,
so it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver
uses them yet, this is also not a problem, just remove
them.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 16:02:46 +01:00
David S. Miller 4e7a84b1a5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
netfilter updates for net-next

The following patchset contains netfilter updates for net-next, just a
bunch of cleanups and small enhancement to selectively flush conntracks
in ctnetlink, more specifically the patches are:

1) Rise default number of buckets in conntrack from 16384 to 65536 in
   systems with >= 4GBytes, patch from Marcelo Leitner.

2) Small refactor to save one level on indentation in xt_osf, from
   Joe Perches.

3) Remove unnecessary sizeof(char) in nf_log, from Fabian Frederick.

4) Another small cleanup to remove redundant variable in nfnetlink,
   from Duan Jiong.

5) Fix compilation warning in nfnetlink_cthelper on parisc, from
   Chen Gang.

6) Fix wrong format in debugging for ctseqadj, from Gao feng.

7) Selective conntrack flushing through the mark for ctnetlink, patch
   from Kristian Evensen.

8) Remove nf_ct_conntrack_flush_report() exported symbol now that is
   not required anymore after the selective flushing patch, again from
   Kristian.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 01:50:25 -05:00
Thomas Graf 1dd144cf5b openvswitch: Support VXLAN Group Policy extension
Introduces support for the group policy extension to the VXLAN virtual
port. The extension is disabled by default and only enabled if the user
has provided the respective configuration.

  ovs-vsctl add-port br0 vxlan0 -- \
     set Interface vxlan0 type=vxlan options:exts=gbp

The configuration interface to enable the extension is based on a new
attribute OVS_VXLAN_EXT_GBP nested inside OVS_TUNNEL_ATTR_EXTENSION
which can carry additional extensions as needed in the future.

The group policy metadata is stored as binary blob (struct ovs_vxlan_opts)
internally just like Geneve options but transported as nested Netlink
attributes to user space.

Renames the existing TUNNEL_OPTIONS_PRESENT to TUNNEL_GENEVE_OPT with the
binary value kept intact, a new flag TUNNEL_VXLAN_OPT is introduced.

The attributes OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_VXLAN_OPTS and existing
OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_GENEVE_OPTS are implemented mutually exclusive.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 01:11:41 -05:00
Thomas Graf ac5132d1a0 vxlan: Only bind to sockets with compatible flags enabled
A VXLAN net_device looking for an appropriate socket may only consider
a socket which has a matching set of flags/extensions enabled. If
incompatible flags are enabled, return a conflict to have the caller
create a distinct socket with distinct port.

The OVS VXLAN port is kept unaware of extensions at this point.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 01:11:41 -05:00
Thomas Graf 3511494ce2 vxlan: Group Policy extension
Implements supports for the Group Policy VXLAN extension [0] to provide
a lightweight and simple security label mechanism across network peers
based on VXLAN. The security context and associated metadata is mapped
to/from skb->mark. This allows further mapping to a SELinux context
using SECMARK, to implement ACLs directly with nftables, iptables, OVS,
tc, etc.

The group membership is defined by the lower 16 bits of skb->mark, the
upper 16 bits are used for flags.

SELinux allows to manage label to secure local resources. However,
distributed applications require ACLs to implemented across hosts. This
is typically achieved by matching on L2-L4 fields to identify the
original sending host and process on the receiver. On top of that,
netlabel and specifically CIPSO [1] allow to map security contexts to
universal labels.  However, netlabel and CIPSO are relatively complex.
This patch provides a lightweight alternative for overlay network
environments with a trusted underlay. No additional control protocol
is required.

           Host 1:                       Host 2:

      Group A        Group B        Group B     Group A
      +-----+   +-------------+    +-------+   +-----+
      | lxc |   | SELinux CTX |    | httpd |   | VM  |
      +--+--+   +--+----------+    +---+---+   +--+--+
	  \---+---/                     \----+---/
	      |                              |
	  +---+---+                      +---+---+
	  | vxlan |                      | vxlan |
	  +---+---+                      +---+---+
	      +------------------------------+

Backwards compatibility:
A VXLAN-GBP socket can receive standard VXLAN frames and will assign
the default group 0x0000 to such frames. A Linux VXLAN socket will
drop VXLAN-GBP  frames. The extension is therefore disabled by default
and needs to be specifically enabled:

   ip link add [...] type vxlan [...] gbp

In a mixed environment with VXLAN and VXLAN-GBP sockets, the GBP socket
must run on a separate port number.

Examples:
 iptables:
  host1# iptables -I OUTPUT -m owner --uid-owner 101 -j MARK --set-mark 0x200
  host2# iptables -I INPUT -m mark --mark 0x200 -j DROP

 OVS:
  # ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=1,actions=load:0x200->NXM_NX_TUN_GBP_ID[],NORMAL'
  # ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=2,tun_gbp_id=0x200,actions=drop'

[0] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-smith-vxlan-group-policy
[1] http://lwn.net/Articles/204905/

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 01:11:41 -05:00
Tom Herbert dfd8645ea1 vxlan: Remote checksum offload
Add support for remote checksum offload in VXLAN. This uses a
reserved bit to indicate that RCO is being done, and uses the low order
reserved eight bits of the VNI to hold the start and offset values in a
compressed manner.

Start is encoded in the low order seven bits of VNI. This is start >> 1
so that the checksum start offset is 0-254 using even values only.
Checksum offset (transport checksum field) is indicated in the high
order bit in the low order byte of the VNI. If the bit is set, the
checksum field is for UDP (so offset = start + 6), else checksum
field is for TCP (so offset = start + 16). Only TCP and UDP are
supported in this implementation.

Remote checksum offload for VXLAN is described in:

https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-herbert-vxlan-rco-00

Tested by running 200 TCP_STREAM connections with VXLAN (over IPv4).

With UDP checksums and Remote Checksum Offload
  IPv4
      Client
        11.84% CPU utilization
      Server
        12.96% CPU utilization
      9197 Mbps
  IPv6
      Client
        12.46% CPU utilization
      Server
        14.48% CPU utilization
      8963 Mbps

With UDP checksums, no remote checksum offload
  IPv4
      Client
        15.67% CPU utilization
      Server
        14.83% CPU utilization
      9094 Mbps
  IPv6
      Client
        16.21% CPU utilization
      Server
        14.32% CPU utilization
      9058 Mbps

No UDP checksums
  IPv4
      Client
        15.03% CPU utilization
      Server
        23.09% CPU utilization
      9089 Mbps
  IPv6
      Client
        16.18% CPU utilization
      Server
        26.57% CPU utilization
       8954 Mbps

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-14 15:20:04 -05:00
Arik Nemtsov 2c3e861c94 cfg80211: introduce sync regdom set API for self-managed
A self-managed device will sometimes need to set its regdomain synchronously.
Notably it should be set before usermode has a chance to query it. Expose
a new API to accomplish this which requires the RTNL.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 09:43:44 +01:00
Jiri Pirko df8a39defa net: rename vlan_tx_* helpers since "tx" is misleading there
The same macros are used for rx as well. So rename it.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-13 17:51:08 -05:00
Jiri Pirko d8b9605d26 net: sched: fix skb->protocol use in case of accelerated vlan path
tc code implicitly considers skb->protocol even in case of accelerated
vlan paths and expects vlan protocol type here. However, on rx path,
if the vlan header was already stripped, skb->protocol contains value
of next header. Similar situation is on tx path.

So for skbs that use skb->vlan_tci for tagging, use skb->vlan_proto instead.

Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-13 17:51:08 -05:00
Tom Herbert 3bf3947526 vxlan: Improve support for header flags
This patch cleans up the header flags of VXLAN in anticipation of
defining some new ones:

- Move header related definitions from vxlan.c to vxlan.h
- Change VXLAN_FLAGS to be VXLAN_HF_VNI (only currently defined flag)
- Move check for unknown flags to after we find vxlan_sock, this
  assumes that some flags may be processed based on tunnel
  configuration
- Add a comment about why the stack treating unknown set flags as an
  error instead of ignoring them

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-12 16:05:01 -05:00
Marcel Holtmann 039d4e410c Bluetooth: Add missing response structure for HCI Delete Stored Link Key
This patch adds this missing structure for processing the result of the
HCI Delete Stored Link Key command.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 21:55:40 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann c2f0f97927 Bluetooth: Handle command complete event for HCI Read Stored Link Keys
When the HCI Read Stored Link Keys command completes it gives useful
information of the current stored keys and maximum keys a controller
can actually store. So process this event and store these information
in hci_dev structure.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 21:54:16 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann cb9627806c Bluetooth: Add defintions for HCI Read Stored Link Key command
This patch adds the missing commmand structure and command complete
structure for the HCI Read Store Link Key command.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 21:53:54 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 1904a853fa Bluetooth: Add opcode parameter to hci_req_complete_t callback
When hci_req_run() calls its provided complete function and one of the
HCI commands in the sequence fails, then provide the opcode of failing
command. In case of success HCI_OP_NOP is provided since all commands
completed.

This patch fixes the prototype of hci_req_complete_t and all its users.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-12 11:16:31 +02:00
Johannes Berg 6de39808cf nl80211: support per-TID station statistics
The base for the current statistics is pretty mixed up, support
exporting RX/TX statistics for MSDUs per TID. This (currently)
covers received MSDUs, transmitted MSDUs and retries/failures
thereof.

Doing it per TID for MSDUs makes more sense than say only per AC
because it's symmetric - we could export per-AC statistics for all
frames (which AC we used for transmission can be determined also
for management frames) but per TID is better and usually data
frames are really the ones we care about. Also, on RX we can't
determine the AC - but we do know the TID for any QoS MPDU we
received.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:18 +01:00
Johannes Berg 8d791361a4 nl80211: clarify packet statistics descriptions
The current statistics we keep aren't very clear, some are on
MPDUs and some on MSDUs/MMPDUs. Clarify the descriptions based
on the counters mac80211 keeps.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:16 +01:00
Johannes Berg a76b1942a1 cfg80211: add nl80211 beacon-only statistics
Add these two values:
 * BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer
 * BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average for beacons only

These can then be used for Android Lollipop's statistics request.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:13 +01:00
Johannes Berg 319090bf6c cfg80211: remove enum station_info_flags
This is really just duplicating the list of information that's
already available in the nl80211 attribute, so remove the list.
Two small changes are needed:
 * remove STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES complete, but the length
   (assoc_req_ies_len) can be used instead
 * add NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC which exists internally
   but not in nl80211 yet

This gets rid of the duplicate maintenance of the two lists.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:10 +01:00
Johannes Berg 2b9a7e1bac mac80211: allow drivers to provide most station statistics
In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will
skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics
in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them
override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver
didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver
to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211.

Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know
this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up
with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"),
that can be added if it turns out to be needed.

This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be
implemented using sta_statistics().

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:06 +01:00
Johannes Berg cf5ead822d cfg80211: allow including station info in delete event
When a station is removed, its statistics may be interesting to
userspace, for example for further aggregation of statistics of
all stations that ever connected to an AP.

Introduce a new cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo() function (and make the
cfg80211_del_sta() a static inline calling it) to allow passing
a struct station_info along with this, and send the data in the
nl80211 event message.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:00 +01:00
Johannes Berg 052536abfa cfg80211: add scan time to survey data
Add the time spent scanning to the survey data so it can be
reported by drivers that collect such information.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:27:58 +01:00
Johannes Berg 11f78ac32b cfg80211: allow survey data to return global data
Not all devices are able to report survey data (particularly
time spent for various operations) per channel. As all these
statistics already exist in survey data, allow such devices
to report them (if userspace requested it)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:27:54 +01:00
Johannes Berg 4ed20bebf5 cfg80211: remove "channel" from survey names
All of the survey data is (currently) per channel anyway,
so having the word "channel" in the name does nothing. In
the next patch I'll introduce global data to the survey,
where the word "channel" is actually confusing.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:27:52 +01:00
Kristian Evensen ae406bd057 netfilter: conntrack: Remove nf_ct_conntrack_flush_report
The only user of nf_ct_conntrack_flush_report() was ctnetlink_del_conntrack().
After adding support for flushing connections with a given mark, this function
is no longer called.

Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-01-08 12:16:58 +01:00
Ido Yariv db12847ca8 mac80211: Re-fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can
safely be decremented for most drivers.

The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above
holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and
researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid
assumption for p54 and cw1200.

Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption
is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it.

Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-07 14:39:32 +01:00
Johannes Berg 3a4b0c948d Merge branch 'mac80211' into mac80211-next
Merge mac80211.git to get some changes that would otherwise
cause conflicts with new changes coming here.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-07 14:39:16 +01:00
David S. Miller 44d84d7272 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2015-01-06 22:29:20 -05:00
David S. Miller 15ecf7a063 Here's just a single fix - a revert of a patch that broke the
p54 and cw2100 drivers (arguably due to bad assumptions there.)
 Since this affects kernels since 3.17, I decided to revert for
 now and we'll revisit this optimisation properly for -next.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUq9EvAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqr7mMQAJRbdepVVqK5IFH1BH0NC7vi
 LkBE2lp8ZAz1Crg+OAQNUdlZUHtGyfYoXSfzezmrMG51i5xjHyOYQQikW7aJ2SQ0
 XsjJJ5TcqKe83NwoakXUrMpE7KmCt/LnbjKNXDsZIvLlUkqa7ksXaS7btK195aXy
 WlVrmUE+BqT9a16VjFLZ6wRjI43+3bGxhtFL+g1eXw6nZ4a2o4EbIXdc9SN+/bT4
 tAhWJfdAQqQc34jhesWGbMIvkXWhzy2R6Js+9gMIBNsmlAiYbFa4QZ/9tI3nBI/O
 yHSiDc7JnPNjkkC+3wTJxMl7mEd6fEKnAS1ryZ5L4XhPrQpV39iZuWSPvPGw6LLW
 kB6+wXkIyQdCSoyrQZxY75ibqOUKYYxhhkSYfMePXRKTYY6MlHYqiH8wPWFpPoqO
 iumLqx8/CtRW1q1t2EBAG6rZLRF8HqmfqtB+ptT0DWcAP8E81q8BImPoPFr+P9S2
 XfuuSw97xKCcilOcYJ0uYSBe4XNNhy1dtC/zJ8cA9nV4WNkofALga5Z/t8ARhDsM
 wvP1D2uIX3U9My17bXq+Xn/fSSS7yhpLZjEHj/JNRvpDCWGf/tQl6A3ydMy//Oqe
 lRSKfmiAGysqhXnmK12+YhfO+4ioTz8dA88tHs1AO8qasfQwx45eRsUPemWeExiL
 9Lntb0U6MhYvgiTdWqt6
 =CnbJ
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-01-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211

Here's just a single fix - a revert of a patch that broke the
p54 and cw2100 drivers (arguably due to bad assumptions there.)
Since this affects kernels since 3.17, I decided to revert for
now and we'll revisit this optimisation properly for -next.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-06 13:29:27 -05:00
Gautam Kumar Shukla d75bb06b61 cfg80211: add extensible feature flag attribute
With the wiphy::features flag being used up this patch adds a
new field wiphy::ext_features. Considering extensibility this
new field is declared as a byte array. This extensible flag is
exposed to user-space by NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES.

Cc: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gautam (Gautam Kumar) Shukla <gautams@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-06 12:10:24 +01:00
Daniel Borkmann 81164413ad net: tcp: add per route congestion control
This work adds the possibility to define a per route/destination
congestion control algorithm. Generally, this opens up the possibility
for a machine with different links to enforce specific congestion
control algorithms with optimal strategies for each of them based
on their network characteristics, even transparently for a single
application listening on all links.

For our specific use case, this additionally facilitates deployment
of DCTCP, for example, applications can easily serve internal
traffic/dsts in DCTCP and external one with CUBIC. Other scenarios
would also allow for utilizing e.g. long living, low priority
background flows for certain destinations/routes while still being
able for normal traffic to utilize the default congestion control
algorithm. We also thought about a per netns setting (where different
defaults are possible), but given its actually a link specific
property, we argue that a per route/destination setting is the most
natural and flexible.

The administrator can utilize this through ip-route(8) by appending
"congctl [lock] <name>", where <name> denotes the name of a
congestion control algorithm and the optional lock parameter allows
to enforce the given algorithm so that applications in user space
would not be allowed to overwrite that algorithm for that destination.

The dst metric lookups are being done when a dst entry is already
available in order to avoid a costly lookup and still before the
algorithms are being initialized, thus overhead is very low when the
feature is not being used. While the client side would need to drop
the current reference on the module, on server side this can actually
even be avoided as we just got a flat-copied socket clone.

Joint work with Florian Westphal.

Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:55:24 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann ea69763999 net: tcp: add RTAX_CC_ALGO fib handling
This patch adds the minimum necessary for the RTAX_CC_ALGO congestion
control metric to be set up and dumped back to user space.

While the internal representation of RTAX_CC_ALGO is handled as a u32
key, we avoided to expose this implementation detail to user space, thus
instead, we chose the netlink attribute that is being exchanged between
user space to be the actual congestion control algorithm name, similarly
as in the setsockopt(2) API in order to allow for maximum flexibility,
even for 3rd party modules.

It is a bit unfortunate that RTAX_QUICKACK used up a whole RTAX slot as
it should have been stored in RTAX_FEATURES instead, we first thought
about reusing it for the congestion control key, but it brings more
complications and/or confusion than worth it.

Joint work with Florian Westphal.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:55:24 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann c5c6a8ab45 net: tcp: add key management to congestion control
This patch adds necessary infrastructure to the congestion control
framework for later per route congestion control support.

For a per route congestion control possibility, our aim is to store
a unique u32 key identifier into dst metrics, which can then be
mapped into a tcp_congestion_ops struct. We argue that having a
RTAX key entry is the most simple, generic and easy way to manage,
and also keeps the memory footprint of dst entries lower on 64 bit
than with storing a pointer directly, for example. Having a unique
key id also allows for decoupling actual TCP congestion control
module management from the FIB layer, i.e. we don't have to care
about expensive module refcounting inside the FIB at this point.

We first thought of using an IDR store for the realization, which
takes over dynamic assignment of unused key space and also performs
the key to pointer mapping in RCU. While doing so, we stumbled upon
the issue that due to the nature of dynamic key distribution, it
just so happens, arguably in very rare occasions, that excessive
module loads and unloads can lead to a possible reuse of previously
used key space. Thus, previously stale keys in the dst metric are
now being reassigned to a different congestion control algorithm,
which might lead to unexpected behaviour. One way to resolve this
would have been to walk FIBs on the actually rare occasion of a
module unload and reset the metric keys for each FIB in each netns,
but that's just very costly.

Therefore, we argue a better solution is to reuse the unique
congestion control algorithm name member and map that into u32 key
space through jhash. For that, we split the flags attribute (as it
currently uses 2 bits only anyway) into two u32 attributes, flags
and key, so that we can keep the cacheline boundary of 2 cachelines
on x86_64 and cache the precalculated key at registration time for
the fast path. On average we might expect 2 - 4 modules being loaded
worst case perhaps 15, so a key collision possibility is extremely
low, and guaranteed collision-free on LE/BE for all in-tree modules.
Overall this results in much simpler code, and all without the
overhead of an IDR. Due to the deterministic nature, modules can
now be unloaded, the congestion control algorithm for a specific
but unloaded key will fall back to the default one, and on module
reload time it will switch back to the expected algorithm
transparently.

Joint work with Florian Westphal.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:55:24 -05:00
Florian Westphal e715b6d3a5 net: fib6: convert cfg metric to u32 outside of table write lock
Do the nla validation earlier, outside the write lock.

This is needed by followup patch which needs to be able to call
request_module (which can sleep) if needed.

Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:55:24 -05:00
Tom Herbert ad6f939ab1 ip: Add offset parameter to ip_cmsg_recv
Add ip_cmsg_recv_offset function which takes an offset argument
that indicates the starting offset in skb where data is being received
from. This will be useful in the case of UDP and provided checksum
to user space.

ip_cmsg_recv is an inline call to ip_cmsg_recv_offset with offset of
zero.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:44:46 -05:00
Tom Herbert 5961de9f19 ip: Add offset parameter to ip_cmsg_recv
Add ip_cmsg_recv_offset function which takes an offset argument
that indicates the starting offset in skb where data is being received
from. This will be useful in the case of UDP and provided checksum
to user space.

ip_cmsg_recv is an inline call to ip_cmsg_recv_offset with offset of
zero.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:44:46 -05:00
Tom Herbert c44d13d6f3 ip: IP cmsg cleanup
Move the IP_CMSG_* constants from ip_sockglue.c to inet_sock.h so that
they can be referenced in other source files.

Restructure ip_cmsg_recv to not go through flags using shift, check
for flags by 'and'. This eliminates both the shift and a conditional
per flag check.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:44:46 -05:00
Tom Herbert 224d019c4f ip: Move checksum convert defines to inet
Move convert_csum from udp_sock to inet_sock. This allows the
possibility that we can use convert checksum for different types
of sockets and also allows convert checksum to be enabled from
inet layer (what we'll want to do when enabling IP_CHECKSUM cmsg).

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:44:46 -05:00
Thomas Graf 149118d893 netlink: Warn on unordered or illegal nla_nest_cancel() or nlmsg_cancel()
Calling nla_nest_cancel() in a different order as the nesting was
built up can lead to negative offsets being calculated which
results in skb_trim() being called with an underflowed unsigned
int. Warn if mark < skb->data as it's definitely a bug.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-05 22:38:22 -05:00
Johannes Berg 1e359a5de8 Revert "mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter"
This reverts commit ca34e3b5c8.

It turns out that the p54 and cw2100 drivers assume that there's
tailroom even when they don't say they really need it. However,
there's currently no way for them to explicitly say they do need
it, so for now revert this.

This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=90331.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: ca34e3b5c8 ("mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter")
Reported-by: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Bisected-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Debugged-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-05 10:33:46 +01:00
Jesse Gross df5dba8e52 geneve: Remove socket hash table.
The hash table for open Geneve ports is used only on creation and
deletion time. It is not performance critical and is not likely to
grow to a large number of items. Therefore, this can be changed
to use a simple linked list.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-04 22:21:33 -05:00
Jesse Gross 829a3ada9c geneve: Simplify locking.
The existing Geneve locking scheme was pulled over directly from
VXLAN. However, VXLAN has a number of built in mechanisms which make
the locking more complex and are unlikely to be necessary with Geneve.
This simplifies the locking to use a basic scheme of a mutex
when doing updates plus RCU on receive.

In addition to making the code easier to read, this also avoids the
possibility of a race when creating or destroying sockets since
UDP sockets and the list of Geneve sockets are protected by different
locks. After this change, the entire operation is atomic.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-04 22:21:33 -05:00
Jesse Gross 61f3cade76 geneve: Remove workqueue.
The work queue is used only to free the UDP socket upon destruction.
This is not necessary with Geneve and generally makes the code more
difficult to reason about. It also introduces nondeterministic
behavior such as when a socket is rapidly deleted and recreated, which
could fail as the the deletion happens asynchronously.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-04 22:21:33 -05:00
Marcel Holtmann 043ec9bf7b Bluetooth: Introduce HCI_QUIRK_FIXUP_INQUIRY_MODE option
The HCI_QUIRK_FIXUP_INQUIRY_MODE option allows to force Inquiry Result
with RSSI setting on controllers that do not indicate support for it,
but where it is known to be fully functional.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-03 22:31:09 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 05b3c3e790 Bluetooth: Remove no longer needed force_sc_support debugfs option
The force_sc_support debugfs option was introduced to easily work with
pre-production Bluetooth 4.1 silicon. This option is no longer needed
since controllers supporting BR/EDR Secure Connections feature are now
available.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-02 22:22:04 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 91389af67c Bluetooth: Remove broken force_lesc_support debugfs option
The force_lesc_support debugfs option never really worked. It has a race
condition between creating the debugfs entry and registering the L2CAP
fixed channel for BR/EDR SMP support.

Also this has been replaced with a working force_bredr_smp debugfs
switch that developers can use now.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-02 22:22:03 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 300acfdec9 Bluetooth: Introduce force_bredr_smp debugfs option for testing
Testing cross-transport pairing that starts on BR/EDR is only valid when
using a controller with BR/EDR Secure Connections. Devices will indicate
this by providing BR/EDR SMP fixed channel over L2CAP. To allow testing
of this feature on Bluetooth 4.0 controller or controllers without the
BR/EDR Secure Connections features, introduce a force_bredr_smp debugfs
option that allows faking the required AES connection.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2015-01-02 22:22:03 +01:00
David S. Miller 6c032edc8a Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg say:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2014-12-31

Here's the first batch of bluetooth patches for 3.20.

 - Cleanups & fixes to ieee802154  drivers
 - Fix synchronization of mgmt commands with respective HCI commands
 - Add self-tests for LE pairing crypto functionality
 - Remove 'BlueFritz!' specific handling from core using a new quirk flag
 - Public address configuration support for ath3012
 - Refactor debugfs support into a dedicated file
 - Initial support for LE Data Length Extension feature from Bluetooth 4.2

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-02 15:58:21 -05:00
Alexander Duyck 345e9b5426 fib_trie: Push rcu_read_lock/unlock to callers
This change is to start cleaning up some of the rcu_read_lock/unlock
handling.  I realized while reviewing the code there are several spots that
I don't believe are being handled correctly or are masking warnings by
locally calling rcu_read_lock/unlock instead of calling them at the correct
level.

A common example is a call to fib_get_table followed by fib_table_lookup.
The rcu_read_lock/unlock ought to wrap both but there are several spots where
they were not wrapped.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-31 18:25:54 -05:00
Johannes Berg 023e2cfa36 netlink/genetlink: pass network namespace to bind/unbind
Netlink families can exist in multiple namespaces, and for the most
part multicast subscriptions are per network namespace. Thus it only
makes sense to have bind/unbind notifications per network namespace.

To achieve this, pass the network namespace of a given client socket
to the bind/unbind functions.

Also do this in generic netlink, and there also make sure that any
bind for multicast groups that only exist in init_net is rejected.
This isn't really a problem if it is accepted since a client in a
different namespace will never receive any notifications from such
a group, but it can confuse the family if not rejected (it's also
possible to silently (without telling the family) accept it, but it
would also have to be ignored on unbind so families that take any
kind of action on bind/unbind won't do unnecessary work for invalid
clients like that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-27 03:07:50 -05:00
Johannes Berg c380d9a7af genetlink: pass multicast bind/unbind to families
In order to make the newly fixed multicast bind/unbind
functionality in generic netlink, pass them down to the
appropriate family.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-27 02:20:23 -05:00
Johannes Berg f8403a2e47 genetlink: pass only network namespace to genl_has_listeners()
There's no point to force the caller to know about the internal
genl_sock to use inside struct net, just have them pass the network
namespace. This doesn't really change code generation since it's
an inline, but makes the caller less magic - there's never any
reason to pass another socket.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-27 02:20:23 -05:00
Jesse Gross 5f35227ea3 net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check
GSO isn't the only offload feature with restrictions that
potentially can't be expressed with the current features mechanism.
Checksum is another although it's a general issue that could in
theory apply to anything. Even if it may be possible to
implement these restrictions in other ways, it can result in
duplicate code or inefficient per-packet behavior.

This generalizes ndo_gso_check so that drivers can remove any
features that don't make sense for a given packet, similar to
netif_skb_features(). It also converts existing driver
restrictions to the new format, completing the work that was
done to support tunnel protocols since the issues apply to
checksums as well.

By actually removing features from the set that are used to do
offloading, it solves another problem with the existing
interface. In these cases, GSO would run with the original set
of features and not do anything because it appears that
segmentation is not required.

CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
CC: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by:  Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Fixes: 04ffcb255f ("net: Add ndo_gso_check")
Tested-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-26 17:20:56 -05:00
Nicolas Dichtel ef8f342b43 neigh: remove next ptr from struct neigh_table
After commit
d7480fd3b1 ("neigh: remove dynamic neigh table registration support"),
this field is not used anymore.

CC: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-26 17:07:08 -05:00
Marcel Holtmann 711ffa78f4 Bluetooth: Introduce HCI_QUIRK_BROKEN_LOCAL_COMMANDS constant
Some controllers advertise support for Bluetooth 1.2 specification,
but they do not support the HCI Read Local Supported Commands command.

If that is the case, then the driver can quirk the behavior and force
the core to skip this command. This will allow removing vendor specific
checks out of the core.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-26 20:16:10 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 72e4a6bd02 Bluetooth: Remove duplicate constant for RFCOMM PSM
The RFCOMM_PSM constant is actually a duplicate. So remove it and
use the L2CAP_PSM_RFCOMM constant instead.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 19:55:04 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 23b9ceb74f Bluetooth: Create debugfs directory for each connection handle
For every internal representation of a Bluetooth connection which is
identified by hci_conn, create a debugfs directory with the handle
number as directory name.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 19:54:24 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann a8e1bfaa55 Bluetooth: Store default and maximum LE data length settings
When the controller supports the LE Data Length Extension feature, the
default and maximum data length are read and now stored.

For backwards compatibility all values are initialized to the data
length values from Bluetooth 4.1 and earlier specifications.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 17:52:21 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 94a3bd02a6 Bluetooth: Add structures for LE Data Length Extension feature
This patch adds the structures for HCI commands and events of the
LE Data Length Extension feature from Bluetooth 4.2 specification.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-20 17:51:41 +02:00
Johan Hedberg 5a154e6f71 Bluetooth: Fix Add Device to wait for HCI before sending cmd_complete
This patch updates the Add Device mgmt command handler to use a
hci_request to wait for HCI command completion before notifying user
space of the mgmt command completion. To do this we need to add an extra
hci_request parameter to the hci_conn_params_set function. Since this
function has no other users besides mgmt.c it's moved there as a static
function.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 22:06:37 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 2cf22218b0 Bluetooth: Add hci_request support for hci_update_background_scan
Many places using hci_update_background_scan() try to synchronize
whatever they're doing with the help of hci_request callbacks. However,
since the hci_update_background_scan() function hasn't so far accepted a
hci_request pointer any commands triggered by it have been left out by
the synchronization. This patch modifies the API in a similar way as was
done for hci_update_page_scan, i.e. there's a variant that takes a
hci_request and another one that takes a hci_dev.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 22:06:37 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 0857dd3bed Bluetooth: Split hci_request helpers to hci_request.[ch]
None of the hci_request related things in net/bluetooth/hci_core.h are
needed anywhere outside of the core bluetooth module. This patch creates
a new net/bluetooth/hci_request.c file with its corresponding h-file and
moves the functionality there from hci_core.c and hci_core.h.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 13:04:42 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 1d2dc5b7b3 Bluetooth: Split hci_update_page_scan into two functions
To keep the parameter list and its semantics clear it makes sense to
split the hci_update_page_scan function into two separate functions: one
taking a hci_dev and another taking a hci_request. The one taking a
hci_dev constructs its own hci_request and then calls the other
function.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 12:52:18 +01:00
Jukka Rissanen cab9e3a055 Bluetooth: 6lowpan: Add IPSP PSM value
The Internet Protocol Support Profile a.k.a BT 6LoWPAN specification
is ready so PSM value for it is now known.

Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 11:12:05 +01:00
Alexander Aring ba2a9506a7 nl802154: introduce support for cca settings
This patch adds support for setting cca parameters via nl802154.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 00:19:23 +01:00
Alexander Aring 7fe9a3882b ieee802154: rework cca setting
The current cca setting handle is a driver specific call. We need to
introduce some 802.15.4 specific layer and mapping 802.15.4 cca modes to
driver specific ones inside the 802.15.4 driver. This patch will add
such 802.15.4 layer and mapping the cca settings to driver specific ones.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 00:19:23 +01:00
Alexander Aring b40d6376ff nl802154: introduce cca mode enums
This patch adds enums for 802.15.4 specific CCA settings.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-19 00:19:23 +01:00
Jukka Rissanen 93a1e86ce1 nl80211: Stop scheduled scan if netlink client disappears
An attribute NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER can be set by the scan initiator.
If present, the attribute will cause the scan to be stopped if the client
dies.

Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-18 14:38:44 +01:00
Jukka Rissanen 31a60ed1e9 nl80211: Convert sched_scan_req pointer to RCU pointer
Because of possible races when accessing sched_scan_req pointer in
rdev, the sched_scan_req is converted to RCU pointer.

Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-18 14:38:09 +01:00
Jonathan Doron b0d7aa5959 cfg80211: allow wiphy specific regdomain management
Add a new regulatory flag that allows a driver to manage regdomain
changes/updates for its own wiphy.
A self-managed wiphys only employs regulatory information obtained from
the FW and driver and does not use other cfg80211 sources like
beacon-hints, country-code IEs and hints from other devices on the same
system. Conversely, a self-managed wiphy does not share its regulatory
hints with other devices in the system. If a system contains several
devices, one or more of which are self-managed, there might be
contradictory regulatory settings between them. Usage of flag is
generally discouraged. Only use it if the FW/driver is incompatible
with non-locally originated hints.

A new API lets the driver send a complete regdomain, to be applied on
its wiphy only.

After a wiphy-specific regdomain change takes place, usermode will get
a new type of change notification. The regulatory core also takes care
enforce regulatory restrictions, in case some interfaces are on
forbidden channels.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 11:49:55 +01:00
Linus Torvalds 603ba7e41b Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs
Pull vfs pile #2 from Al Viro:
 "Next pile (and there'll be one or two more).

  The large piece in this one is getting rid of /proc/*/ns/* weirdness;
  among other things, it allows to (finally) make nameidata completely
  opaque outside of fs/namei.c, making for easier further cleanups in
  there"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
  coda_venus_readdir(): use file_inode()
  fs/namei.c: fold link_path_walk() call into path_init()
  path_init(): don't bother with LOOKUP_PARENT in argument
  fs/namei.c: new helper (path_cleanup())
  path_init(): store the "base" pointer to file in nameidata itself
  make default ->i_fop have ->open() fail with ENXIO
  make nameidata completely opaque outside of fs/namei.c
  kill proc_ns completely
  take the targets of /proc/*/ns/* symlinks to separate fs
  bury struct proc_ns in fs/proc
  copy address of proc_ns_ops into ns_common
  new helpers: ns_alloc_inum/ns_free_inum
  make proc_ns_operations work with struct ns_common * instead of void *
  switch the rest of proc_ns_operations to working with &...->ns
  netns: switch ->get()/->put()/->install()/->inum() to working with &net->ns
  make mntns ->get()/->put()/->install()/->inum() work with &mnt_ns->ns
  common object embedded into various struct ....ns
2014-12-16 15:53:03 -08:00
Johannes Berg 848955ccf0 mac80211: move U-APSD enablement to vif flags
In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support,
move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver
flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently
for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the
fly if needed.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-15 12:34:45 +01:00
Linus Torvalds e3aa91a7cb Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
 - The crypto API is now documented :)
 - Disallow arbitrary module loading through crypto API.
 - Allow get request with empty driver name through crypto_user.
 - Allow speed testing of arbitrary hash functions.
 - Add caam support for ctr(aes), gcm(aes) and their derivatives.
 - nx now supports concurrent hashing properly.
 - Add sahara support for SHA1/256.
 - Add ARM64 version of CRC32.
 - Misc fixes.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (77 commits)
  crypto: tcrypt - Allow speed testing of arbitrary hash functions
  crypto: af_alg - add user space interface for AEAD
  crypto: qat - fix problem with coalescing enable logic
  crypto: sahara - add support for SHA1/256
  crypto: sahara - replace tasklets with kthread
  crypto: sahara - add support for i.MX53
  crypto: sahara - fix spinlock initialization
  crypto: arm - replace memset by memzero_explicit
  crypto: powerpc - replace memset by memzero_explicit
  crypto: sha - replace memset by memzero_explicit
  crypto: sparc - replace memset by memzero_explicit
  crypto: algif_skcipher - initialize upon init request
  crypto: algif_skcipher - removed unneeded code
  crypto: algif_skcipher - Fixed blocking recvmsg
  crypto: drbg - use memzero_explicit() for clearing sensitive data
  crypto: drbg - use MODULE_ALIAS_CRYPTO
  crypto: include crypto- module prefix in template
  crypto: user - add MODULE_ALIAS
  crypto: sha-mb - remove a bogus NULL check
  crytpo: qat - Fix 64 bytes requests
  ...
2014-12-13 13:33:26 -08:00
Sujith Manoharan 5cf16616e1 mac80211: Fix accounting of multicast frames
Since multicast frames are marked as no-ack, using
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK to check if they have been
successfully transmitted by the driver is incorrect
since a driver can choose to ignore transmission status
for no-ack frames. This results in incorrect accounting
for such frames.

To fix this issue, this patch introduces a new flag
that can be used by drivers to indicate error-free
transmission of no-ack frames.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add a note about not setting the flag for non-no-ack frames]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 13:48:43 +01:00
Sujith Manoharan 6b127c71fb mac80211: Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE
Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE to info->control.flags since
this is used only in the TX path (by ath9k). This frees up
a bit which can be used for other purposes.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 13:48:26 +01:00
Linus Torvalds 70e71ca0af Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next
Pull networking updates from David Miller:

 1) New offloading infrastructure and example 'rocker' driver for
    offloading of switching and routing to hardware.

    This work was done by a large group of dedicated individuals, not
    limited to: Scott Feldman, Jiri Pirko, Thomas Graf, John Fastabend,
    Jamal Hadi Salim, Andy Gospodarek, Florian Fainelli, Roopa Prabhu

 2) Start making the networking operate on IOV iterators instead of
    modifying iov objects in-situ during transfers.  Thanks to Al Viro
    and Herbert Xu.

 3) A set of new netlink interfaces for the TIPC stack, from Richard
    Alpe.

 4) Remove unnecessary looping during ipv6 routing lookups, from Martin
    KaFai Lau.

 5) Add PAUSE frame generation support to gianfar driver, from Matei
    Pavaluca.

 6) Allow for larger reordering levels in TCP, which are easily
    achievable in the real world right now, from Eric Dumazet.

 7) Add a variable of napi_schedule that doesn't need to disable cpu
    interrupts, from Eric Dumazet.

 8) Use a doubly linked list to optimize neigh_parms_release(), from
    Nicolas Dichtel.

 9) Various enhancements to the kernel BPF verifier, and allow eBPF
    programs to actually be attached to sockets.  From Alexei
    Starovoitov.

10) Support TSO/LSO in sunvnet driver, from David L Stevens.

11) Allow controlling ECN usage via routing metrics, from Florian
    Westphal.

12) Remote checksum offload, from Tom Herbert.

13) Add split-header receive, BQL, and xmit_more support to amd-xgbe
    driver, from Thomas Lendacky.

14) Add MPLS support to openvswitch, from Simon Horman.

15) Support wildcard tunnel endpoints in ipv6 tunnels, from Steffen
    Klassert.

16) Do gro flushes on a per-device basis using a timer, from Eric
    Dumazet.  This tries to resolve the conflicting goals between the
    desired handling of bulk vs.  RPC-like traffic.

17) Allow userspace to ask for the CPU upon what a packet was
    received/steered, via SO_INCOMING_CPU.  From Eric Dumazet.

18) Limit GSO packets to half the current congestion window, from Eric
    Dumazet.

19) Add a generic helper so that all drivers set their RSS keys in a
    consistent way, from Eric Dumazet.

20) Add xmit_more support to enic driver, from Govindarajulu
    Varadarajan.

21) Add VLAN packet scheduler action, from Jiri Pirko.

22) Support configurable RSS hash functions via ethtool, from Eyal
    Perry.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1820 commits)
  Fix race condition between vxlan_sock_add and vxlan_sock_release
  net/macb: fix compilation warning for print_hex_dump() called with skb->mac_header
  net/mlx4: Add support for A0 steering
  net/mlx4: Refactor QUERY_PORT
  net/mlx4_core: Add explicit error message when rule doesn't meet configuration
  net/mlx4: Add A0 hybrid steering
  net/mlx4: Add mlx4_bitmap zone allocator
  net/mlx4: Add a check if there are too many reserved QPs
  net/mlx4: Change QP allocation scheme
  net/mlx4_core: Use tasklet for user-space CQ completion events
  net/mlx4_core: Mask out host side virtualization features for guests
  net/mlx4_en: Set csum level for encapsulated packets
  be2net: Export tunnel offloads only when a VxLAN tunnel is created
  gianfar: Fix dma check map error when DMA_API_DEBUG is enabled
  cxgb4/csiostor: Don't use MASTER_MUST for fw_hello call
  net: fec: only enable mdio interrupt before phy device link up
  net: fec: clear all interrupt events to support i.MX6SX
  net: fec: reset fep link status in suspend function
  net: sock: fix access via invalid file descriptor
  net: introduce helper macro for_each_cmsghdr
  ...
2014-12-11 14:27:06 -08:00
Linus Torvalds b6da0076ba Merge branch 'akpm' (patchbomb from Andrew)
Merge first patchbomb from Andrew Morton:
 - a few minor cifs fixes
 - dma-debug upadtes
 - ocfs2
 - slab
 - about half of MM
 - procfs
 - kernel/exit.c
 - panic.c tweaks
 - printk upates
 - lib/ updates
 - checkpatch updates
 - fs/binfmt updates
 - the drivers/rtc tree
 - nilfs
 - kmod fixes
 - more kernel/exit.c
 - various other misc tweaks and fixes

* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (190 commits)
  exit: pidns: fix/update the comments in zap_pid_ns_processes()
  exit: pidns: alloc_pid() leaks pid_namespace if child_reaper is exiting
  exit: exit_notify: re-use "dead" list to autoreap current
  exit: reparent: call forget_original_parent() under tasklist_lock
  exit: reparent: avoid find_new_reaper() if no children
  exit: reparent: introduce find_alive_thread()
  exit: reparent: introduce find_child_reaper()
  exit: reparent: document the ->has_child_subreaper checks
  exit: reparent: s/while_each_thread/for_each_thread/ in find_new_reaper()
  exit: reparent: fix the cross-namespace PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER reparenting
  exit: reparent: fix the dead-parent PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER reparenting
  exit: proc: don't try to flush /proc/tgid/task/tgid
  exit: release_task: fix the comment about group leader accounting
  exit: wait: drop tasklist_lock before psig->c* accounting
  exit: wait: don't use zombie->real_parent
  exit: wait: cleanup the ptrace_reparented() checks
  usermodehelper: kill the kmod_thread_locker logic
  usermodehelper: don't use CLONE_VFORK for ____call_usermodehelper()
  fs/hfs/catalog.c: fix comparison bug in hfs_cat_keycmp
  nilfs2: fix the nilfs_iget() vs. nilfs_new_inode() races
  ...
2014-12-10 18:34:42 -08:00
Al Viro 707c5960f1 Merge branch 'nsfs' into for-next 2014-12-10 21:31:59 -05:00
Johannes Weiner 3e32cb2e0a mm: memcontrol: lockless page counters
Memory is internally accounted in bytes, using spinlock-protected 64-bit
counters, even though the smallest accounting delta is a page.  The
counter interface is also convoluted and does too many things.

Introduce a new lockless word-sized page counter API, then change all
memory accounting over to it.  The translation from and to bytes then only
happens when interfacing with userspace.

The removed locking overhead is noticable when scaling beyond the per-cpu
charge caches - on a 4-socket machine with 144-threads, the following test
shows the performance differences of 288 memcgs concurrently running a
page fault benchmark:

vanilla:

   18631648.500498      task-clock (msec)         #  140.643 CPUs utilized            ( +-  0.33% )
         1,380,638      context-switches          #    0.074 K/sec                    ( +-  0.75% )
            24,390      cpu-migrations            #    0.001 K/sec                    ( +-  8.44% )
     1,843,305,768      page-faults               #    0.099 M/sec                    ( +-  0.00% )
50,134,994,088,218      cycles                    #    2.691 GHz                      ( +-  0.33% )
   <not supported>      stalled-cycles-frontend
   <not supported>      stalled-cycles-backend
 8,049,712,224,651      instructions              #    0.16  insns per cycle          ( +-  0.04% )
 1,586,970,584,979      branches                  #   85.176 M/sec                    ( +-  0.05% )
     1,724,989,949      branch-misses             #    0.11% of all branches          ( +-  0.48% )

     132.474343877 seconds time elapsed                                          ( +-  0.21% )

lockless:

   12195979.037525      task-clock (msec)         #  133.480 CPUs utilized            ( +-  0.18% )
           832,850      context-switches          #    0.068 K/sec                    ( +-  0.54% )
            15,624      cpu-migrations            #    0.001 K/sec                    ( +- 10.17% )
     1,843,304,774      page-faults               #    0.151 M/sec                    ( +-  0.00% )
32,811,216,801,141      cycles                    #    2.690 GHz                      ( +-  0.18% )
   <not supported>      stalled-cycles-frontend
   <not supported>      stalled-cycles-backend
 9,999,265,091,727      instructions              #    0.30  insns per cycle          ( +-  0.10% )
 2,076,759,325,203      branches                  #  170.282 M/sec                    ( +-  0.12% )
     1,656,917,214      branch-misses             #    0.08% of all branches          ( +-  0.55% )

      91.369330729 seconds time elapsed                                          ( +-  0.45% )

On top of improved scalability, this also gets rid of the icky long long
types in the very heart of memcg, which is great for 32 bit and also makes
the code a lot more readable.

Notable differences between the old and new API:

- res_counter_charge() and res_counter_charge_nofail() become
  page_counter_try_charge() and page_counter_charge() resp. to match
  the more common kernel naming scheme of try_do()/do()

- res_counter_uncharge_until() is only ever used to cancel a local
  counter and never to uncharge bigger segments of a hierarchy, so
  it's replaced by the simpler page_counter_cancel()

- res_counter_set_limit() is replaced by page_counter_limit(), which
  expects its callers to serialize against themselves

- res_counter_memparse_write_strategy() is replaced by
  page_counter_limit(), which rounds down to the nearest page size -
  rather than up.  This is more reasonable for explicitely requested
  hard upper limits.

- to keep charging light-weight, page_counter_try_charge() charges
  speculatively, only to roll back if the result exceeds the limit.
  Because of this, a failing bigger charge can temporarily lock out
  smaller charges that would otherwise succeed.  The error is bounded
  to the difference between the smallest and the biggest possible
  charge size, so for memcg, this means that a failing THP charge can
  send base page charges into reclaim upto 2MB (4MB) before the limit
  would have been reached.  This should be acceptable.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: add includes for WARN_ON_ONCE and memparse]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: add includes for WARN_ON_ONCE, memparse, strncmp, and PAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-12-10 17:41:04 -08:00
Linus Torvalds cbfe0de303 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs
Pull VFS changes from Al Viro:
 "First pile out of several (there _definitely_ will be more).  Stuff in
  this one:

   - unification of d_splice_alias()/d_materialize_unique()

   - iov_iter rewrite

   - killing a bunch of ->f_path.dentry users (and f_dentry macro).

     Getting that completed will make life much simpler for
     unionmount/overlayfs, since then we'll be able to limit the places
     sensitive to file _dentry_ to reasonably few.  Which allows to have
     file_inode(file) pointing to inode in a covered layer, with dentry
     pointing to (negative) dentry in union one.

     Still not complete, but much closer now.

   - crapectomy in lustre (dead code removal, mostly)

   - "let's make seq_printf return nothing" preparations

   - assorted cleanups and fixes

  There _definitely_ will be more piles"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (63 commits)
  copy_from_iter_nocache()
  new helper: iov_iter_kvec()
  csum_and_copy_..._iter()
  iov_iter.c: handle ITER_KVEC directly
  iov_iter.c: convert copy_to_iter() to iterate_and_advance
  iov_iter.c: convert copy_from_iter() to iterate_and_advance
  iov_iter.c: get rid of bvec_copy_page_{to,from}_iter()
  iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_zero() to iterate_and_advance
  iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_get_pages_alloc() to iterate_all_kinds
  iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_get_pages() to iterate_all_kinds
  iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_npages() to iterate_all_kinds
  iov_iter.c: iterate_and_advance
  iov_iter.c: macros for iterating over iov_iter
  kill f_dentry macro
  dcache: fix kmemcheck warning in switch_names
  new helper: audit_file()
  nfsd_vfs_write(): use file_inode()
  ncpfs: use file_inode()
  kill f_dentry uses
  lockd: get rid of ->f_path.dentry->d_sb
  ...
2014-12-10 16:10:49 -08:00
David S. Miller 22f10923dd Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-desc.c
	drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c

Overlapping changes in both conflict cases.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-10 15:48:20 -05:00
Joe Perches 785c20a08b irda: Convert function pointer arrays and uses to const
Making things const is a good thing.

(x86-64 defconfig with all irda)
$ size net/irda/built-in.o*
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
 109276	   1868	    244	 111388	  1b31c	net/irda/built-in.o.new
 108828	   2316	    244	 111388	  1b31c	net/irda/built-in.o.old

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-10 15:33:16 -05:00
Joe Perches 22bbf5f3e4 llc: Make llc_sap_action_t function pointer arrays const
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.

Net change:

$ size net/llc/built-in.o.*
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
  61193	  12758	   1344	  75295	  1261f	net/llc/built-in.o.new
  47113	  27030	   1344	  75487	  126df	net/llc/built-in.o.old

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-10 15:21:24 -05:00
Joe Perches 9b37306935 llc: Make llc_conn_ev_qfyr_t function pointer arrays const
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.

Net change from original:

$ size net/llc/built-in.o.*
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
  61065	  12886	   1344	  75295	  1261f	net/llc/built-in.o.new
  47113	  27030	   1344	  75487	  126df	net/llc/built-in.o.old

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-10 15:21:24 -05:00
Joe Perches 14b7d95fd2 llc: Make function pointer arrays const
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-10 15:21:24 -05:00
David S. Miller 6e5f59aacb Merge branch 'for-davem-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs
More iov_iter work for the networking from Al Viro.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-10 13:17:23 -05:00
Linus Torvalds 86c6a2fddf Merge branch 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip
Pull scheduler updates from Ingo Molnar:
 "The main changes in this cycle are:

   - 'Nested Sleep Debugging', activated when CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP=y.

     This instruments might_sleep() checks to catch places that nest
     blocking primitives - such as mutex usage in a wait loop.  Such
     bugs can result in hard to debug races/hangs.

     Another category of invalid nesting that this facility will detect
     is the calling of blocking functions from within schedule() ->
     sched_submit_work() -> blk_schedule_flush_plug().

     There's some potential for false positives (if secondary blocking
     primitives themselves are not ready yet for this facility), but the
     kernel will warn once about such bugs per bootup, so the warning
     isn't much of a nuisance.

     This feature comes with a number of fixes, for problems uncovered
     with it, so no messages are expected normally.

   - Another round of sched/numa optimizations and refinements, for
     CONFIG_NUMA_BALANCING=y.

   - Another round of sched/dl fixes and refinements.

  Plus various smaller fixes and cleanups"

* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (54 commits)
  sched: Add missing rcu protection to wake_up_all_idle_cpus
  sched/deadline: Introduce start_hrtick_dl() for !CONFIG_SCHED_HRTICK
  sched/numa: Init numa balancing fields of init_task
  sched/deadline: Remove unnecessary definitions in cpudeadline.h
  sched/cpupri: Remove unnecessary definitions in cpupri.h
  sched/deadline: Fix rq->dl.pushable_tasks bug in push_dl_task()
  sched/fair: Fix stale overloaded status in the busiest group finding logic
  sched: Move p->nr_cpus_allowed check to select_task_rq()
  sched/completion: Document when to use wait_for_completion_io_*()
  sched: Update comments about CLONE_NEWUTS and CLONE_NEWIPC
  sched/fair: Kill task_struct::numa_entry and numa_group::task_list
  sched: Refactor task_struct to use numa_faults instead of numa_* pointers
  sched/deadline: Don't check CONFIG_SMP in switched_from_dl()
  sched/deadline: Reschedule from switched_from_dl() after a successful pull
  sched/deadline: Push task away if the deadline is equal to curr during wakeup
  sched/deadline: Add deadline rq status print
  sched/deadline: Fix artificial overrun introduced by yield_task_dl()
  sched/rt: Clean up check_preempt_equal_prio()
  sched/core: Use dl_bw_of() under rcu_read_lock_sched()
  sched: Check if we got a shallowest_idle_cpu before searching for least_loaded_cpu
  ...
2014-12-09 21:21:34 -08:00
David S. Miller b5f185f33d Merge tag 'master-2014-12-08' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next
John W. Linville says:

====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-12-08

Please pull this last batch of pending wireless updates for the 3.19 tree...

For the wireless bits, Johannes says:

"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.

Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."

For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:

"Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19:

 - Minor cleanups for ieee802154 & mac802154
 - Fix for the kernel warning with !TASK_RUNNING reported by Kirill A.
   Shutemov
 - Support for another ath3k device
 - Fix for tracking link key based security level
 - Device tree bindings for btmrvl + a state update fix
 - Fix for wrong ACL flags on LE links"

And...

"In addition to the previous one this contains two more cleanups to
mac802154 as well as support for some new HCI features from the
Bluetooth 4.2 specification.

From the original request:

'Here's what should be the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19.
It's rather large but the majority of it is the Low Energy Secure
Connections feature that's part of the Bluetooth 4.2 specification. The
specification went public only this week so we couldn't publish the
corresponding code before that. The code itself can nevertheless be
considered fairly mature as it's been in development for over 6 months
and gone through several interoperability test events.

Besides LE SC the pull request contains an important fix for command
complete events for mgmt sockets which also fixes some leaks of hci_conn
objects when powering off or unplugging Bluetooth adapters.

A smaller feature that's part of the pull request is service discovery
support. This is like normal device discovery except that devices not
matching specific UUIDs or strong enough RSSI are filtered out.

Other changes that the pull request contains are firmware dump support
to the btmrvl driver, firmware download support for Broadcom BCM20702A0
variants, as well as some coding style cleanups in 6lowpan &
ieee802154/mac802154 code.'"

For the NFC bits, Samuel says:

"With this one we get:

- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
  support added.

- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
  SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
  a few fixes.

- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
  and SE IO operand addition.

- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
  st21nfca"

For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:

"Major works are CSA and TDLS. On top of that I have a new
firmware API for scan and a few rate control improvements.
Johannes find a few tricks to improve our CPU utilization
and adds support for a new spin of 7265 called 7265D.
Along with this a few random things that don't stand out."

And...

"I deprecate here -8.ucode since -9 has been published long ago.
Along with that I have a new activity, we have now better
a infrastructure for firmware debugging. This will allow to
have configurable probes insides the firmware.
Luca continues his work on NetDetect, this feature is now
complete. All the rest is minor fixes here and there."

For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:

"Only ath10k changes this time and no major changes. Most visible are:

o new debugfs interface for runtime firmware debugging (Yanbo)

o fix shared WEP (Sujith)

o don't rebuild whenever kernel version changes (Johannes)

o lots of refactoring to make it easier to add new hw support (Michal)

There's also smaller fixes and improvements with no point of listing
here."

In addition, there are a few last minute updates to ath5k,
ath9k, brcmfmac, brcmsmac, mwifiex, rt2x00, rtlwifi, and wil6210.
Also included is a pull of the wireless tree to pick-up the fixes
originally included in "pull request: wireless 2014-12-03"...

Please let me know if there are problems!
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-09 18:12:03 -05:00
Al Viro 17836394e5 first fruits - kill l2cap ->memcpy_fromiovec()
Just use copy_from_iter().  That's what this method is trying to do
in all cases, in a very convoluted fashion.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-12-09 16:29:10 -05:00
Al Viro c0371da604 put iov_iter into msghdr
Note that the code _using_ ->msg_iter at that point will be very
unhappy with anything other than unshifted iovec-backed iov_iter.
We still need to convert users to proper primitives.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-12-09 16:29:03 -05:00
Al Viro 56c39fb67c switch l2cap ->memcpy_fromiovec() to msghdr
it'll die soon enough - now that kvec-backed iov_iter works regardless
of set_fs(), both instances will become copy_from_iter() as soon as
we introduce ->msg_iter...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-12-09 16:28:23 -05:00
Al Viro f69e6d131f ip_generic_getfrag, udplite_getfrag: switch to passing msghdr
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-12-09 16:28:22 -05:00
Jiri Pirko 57d743a3de net: sched: cls: remove unused op put from tcf_proto_ops
It is never called and implementations are void. So just remove it.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-09 14:49:02 -05:00
David S. Miller 6db70e3e1d Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/klassert/ipsec-next
Steffen Klassert says:

====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2014-12-03

1) Fix a set but not used warning. From Fabian Frederick.

2) Currently we make sequence number values available to userspace
   only if we use ESN. Make the sequence number values also available
   for non ESN states. From Zhi Ding.

3) Remove socket policy hashing. We don't need it because socket
   policies are always looked up via a linked list. From Herbert Xu.

4) After removing socket policy hashing, we can use __xfrm_policy_link
   in xfrm_policy_insert. From Herbert Xu.

5) Add a lookup method for vti6 tunnels with wildcard endpoints.
   I forgot this when I initially implemented vti6.

Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-08 21:30:21 -05:00
Alexander Duyck a5a519b271 fib_trie: Fix /proc/net/fib_trie when CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES is not defined
In recent testing I had disabled CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES and as a result
when I ran "cat /proc/net/fib_trie" the main trie was displayed multiple
times.  I found that the problem line of code was in the function
fib_trie_seq_next.  Specifically the line below caused the indexes to go in
the opposite direction of our traversal:

	h = tb->tb_id & (FIB_TABLE_HASHSZ - 1);

This issue was that the RT tables are defined such that RT_TABLE_LOCAL is ID
255, while it is located at TABLE_LOCAL_INDEX of 0, and RT_TABLE_MAIN is 254
with a TABLE_MAIN_INDEX of 1.  This means that the above line will return 1
for the local table and 0 for main.  The result is that fib_trie_seq_next
will return NULL at the end of the local table, fib_trie_seq_start will
return the start of the main table, and then fib_trie_seq_next will loop on
main forever as h will always return 0.

The fix for this is to reverse the ordering of the two tables.  It has the
advantage of making it so that the tables now print in the same order
regardless of if multiple tables are enabled or not.  In order to make the
definition consistent with the multiple tables case I simply masked the to
RT_TABLE_XXX values by (FIB_TABLE_HASHSZ - 1).  This way the two table
layouts should always stay consistent.

Fixes: 93456b6 ("[IPV4]: Unify access to the routing tables")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-08 21:14:32 -05:00
Al Viro ba00410b81 Merge branch 'iov_iter' into for-next 2014-12-08 20:39:29 -05:00
David S. Miller 244ebd9f8f Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter updates for net-next

The following batch contains netfilter updates for net-next. Basically,
enhancements for xt_recent, skip zeroing of timer in conntrack, fix
linking problem with recent redirect support for nf_tables, ipset
updates and a couple of cleanups. More specifically, they are:

1) Rise maximum number per IP address to be remembered in xt_recent
   while retaining backward compatibility, from Florian Westphal.

2) Skip zeroing timer area in nf_conn objects, also from Florian.

3) Inspect IPv4 and IPv6 traffic from the bridge to allow filtering using
   using meta l4proto and transport layer header, from Alvaro Neira.

4) Fix linking problems in the new redirect support when CONFIG_IPV6=n
   and IP6_NF_IPTABLES=n.

And ipset updates from Jozsef Kadlecsik:

5) Support updating element extensions when the set is full (fixes
   netfilter bugzilla id 880).

6) Fix set match with 32-bits userspace / 64-bits kernel.

7) Indicate explicitly when /0 networks are supported in ipset.

8) Simplify cidr handling for hash:*net* types.

9) Allocate the proper size of memory when /0 networks are supported.

10) Explicitly add padding elements to hash:net,net and hash:net,port,
    because the elements must be u32 sized for the used hash function.

Jozsef is also cooking ipset RCU conversion which should land soon if
they reach the merge window in time.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-05 20:56:46 -08:00
John W. Linville f700076a9d Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next 2014-12-05 14:12:24 -05:00
Marcel Holtmann 4b71bba45c Bluetooth: Enabled LE Direct Advertising Report event if supported
When the controller supports the Extended Scanner Filter Policies, it
supports the LE Direct Advertising Report event. However by default
that event is blocked by the LE event mask. It is required to enable
it during controller setup.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-05 18:15:33 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 32c9d43fa5 Bluetooth: Add definitions for LE Direct Advertising Report event
This patch adds the event id and data structures for the LE Direct
Advertising Report event.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-05 18:15:18 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 2331fd46f5 Bluetooth: Move LE advertising report defines to the right location
All Bluetooth commands and events are ordered by its opcode or event
id, but for some reason this one now stands out. So move it to its
correct spot in the list.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-05 18:15:02 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann da25cf6a98 Bluetooth: Report invalid RSSI for service discovery and background scan
When using Start Service Discovery and when background scanning is used
to report devices, the RSSI is reported or the value 127 is provided in
case RSSI in unavailable.

For Start Discovery the value 0 is reported to keep backwards
compatibility with the existing users.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-05 14:14:28 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 0256325ed6 Bluetooth: Add helper function for clearing the discovery filter
The discovery filter allocates memory for its UUID list. So use
a helper function to free it and reset it to default states.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-05 13:12:58 +02:00
Jakub Pawlowski 37eab042be Bluetooth: Add extra discovery fields for storing filter information
With the upcoming addition of support for Start Service Discovery, the
discovery handling needs to filter on RSSI and UUID values. For that
they need to be stored in the discovery handling. This patch adds the
appropiate fields and also make sure they are reset when discovery
has been stopped.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-05 12:37:33 +02:00
Jakub Pawlowski 7e61df5423 Bluetooth: Add definitions for MGMT_OP_START_SERVICE_DISCOVERY
This patch adds the opcode and structure for Start Service Discovery
operation.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-05 12:37:32 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann a89612aac3 Bluetooth: Add HCI_RSSI_INVALID for unknown RSSI value
The Bluetooth core specification defines the value 127 as invalid for
RSSI values. So instead of hard coding it, lets add a constant for it.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-12-05 12:37:30 +02:00
Al Viro 435d5f4bb2 common object embedded into various struct ....ns
for now - just move corresponding ->proc_inum instances over there

Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-12-04 14:31:00 -05:00
John W. Linville de51f1649a Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:

"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.

Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2014-12-04 11:29:10 -05:00
John W. Linville 04bb7ecf88 NFC: 3.19 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 3.19.
 
 With this one we get:
 
 - NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
   support added.
 
 - NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
   SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
   a few fixes.
 
 - NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
   and SE IO operand addition.
 
 - A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
   st21nfca
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJUfjvWAAoJEIqAPN1PVmxK46MP/1QFb093QmAK3AfMS7XBZdwg
 vgJkZIyFmTeRlDTonRJpv1MXZhPL+JHYK0wGANts1Ba04nZIgK9jzdcqjvd1niD1
 Hk9ggHpfxsIl35FfRVcWAUpyb71Ykug2V396gJH2iiHvt2jHr8IsRWOWCVaItWMO
 ZpVpV58xkROEu115wjKdrmKijL0xf7/F70RlReV4tOLGip3E/bP7EhutF2s5D8Lt
 A5hfauQS3lUJIhlJ1IT59XtdnBSIS5D8OuNYjuJuFkPfIcXAHacEUBrta3KahQPy
 kFGYYjj+V0vZA9JQG/j6vomP4AI0pP4DPkwWqgmioaPshkOOktwf1l21IKQrC7aw
 h7EFEG6q5AxnL5JFbm4y+b5IEp8ALeVi5rv1xdRZ7/AW/n6FWGrkBHatsJceQgX+
 wFhZ52USGHQUzWoJ6SC0O82U831/dgxWm5M42CV5/Bl9d69XX7Om9MWytdjQ94yB
 ERoSJcivc+Q30bAiZmvb44ghv3qMGNArlBVVlcN7+3rbz4XOWLhduqCJaUs12fgY
 lyGdNHxVVmEeEY9ByOjr6RD1pYpSDgEQSYvn5pbKadX+DqpXHQuGC4JHtbBkzKn0
 Se9c442HRBjts0VprJ7wjLgbf5VfqFjtgsfqubD/mcTn61B4/t9zyGgV1VuI7UgL
 QxK0m0rB1nOxpdWFesl1
 =WHHp
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.19-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next

Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> says:

"NFC: 3.19 pull request

This is the NFC pull request for 3.19.

With this one we get:

- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
  support added.

- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
  SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
  a few fixes.

- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
  and SE IO operand addition.

- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
  st21nfca"

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2014-12-04 11:27:40 -05:00
Johan Hedberg 6928a9245f Bluetooth: Store address type with OOB data
To be able to support OOB data for LE pairing we need to store the
address type of the remote device. This patch extends the relevant
functions and data types with a bdaddr_type variable.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-03 16:51:21 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 81328d5cca Bluetooth: Unify remote OOB data functions
There's no need to duplicate code for the 192 vs 192+256 variants of the
OOB data functions. This is also helpful to pave the way to support LE
SC OOB data where only 256 bit data is provided.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-03 16:51:20 +01:00
Johan Hedberg ef8efe4bf8 Bluetooth: Add skeleton for BR/EDR SMP channel
This patch adds the very basic code for creating and destroying SMP
L2CAP channels for BR/EDR connections.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-03 16:51:20 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 858cdc78be Bluetooth: Add debugfs switch for forcing SMP over BR/EDR
To make it possible to use LE SC functionality over BR/EDR with pre-4.1
controllers (that do not support BR/EDR SC links) it's useful to be able
to force LE SC operations even over a traditional SSP protected link.
This patch adds a debugfs switch to force a special debug flag which is
used to skip the checks for BR/EDR SC support.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-03 16:51:20 +01:00
Johan Hedberg fe8bc5ac67 Bluetooth: Add hci_conn flag for new link key generation
For LE Secure Connections we want to trigger cross transport key
generation only if a new link key was actually created during the BR/EDR
connection. This patch adds a new flag to track this information.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-03 16:51:20 +01:00
Johan Hedberg f3a73d97b3 Bluetooth: Rename hci_find_ltk_by_addr to hci_find_ltk
Now that hci_find_ltk_by_addr is the only LTK lookup function there's no
need to keep the long name anymore. This patch shortens the function
name to simply hci_find_ltk.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-03 16:51:16 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 0ac3dbf999 Bluetooth: Remove unused hci_find_ltk function
Now that LTKs are always looked up based on bdaddr (with EDiv/Rand
checks done after a successful lookup) the hci_find_ltk function is not
needed anymore. This patch removes the function.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-03 16:51:16 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 710f11c08e Bluetooth: Use custom macro for testing BR/EDR SC enabled
Since the HCI_SC_ENABLED flag will also be used for controllers without
BR/EDR Secure Connections support whenever we need to check specifically
for SC for BR/EDR we also need to check that the controller actually
supports it. This patch adds a convenience macro for check all the
necessary conditions and converts the places in the code that need it to
use it.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-03 16:51:15 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 23fb8de376 Bluetooth: Add mgmt support for LE Secure Connections LTK types
We need a dedicated LTK type for LTK resulting from a Secure Connections
based SMP pairing. This patch adds a new define for it and ensures that
both the New LTK event as well as the Load LTKs command supports it.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-03 16:51:15 +01:00
Scott Feldman 38dcf357ae bridge: call netdev_sw_port_stp_update when bridge port STP status changes
To notify switch driver of change in STP state of bridge port, add new
.ndo op and provide switchdev wrapper func to call ndo op. Use it in bridge
code then.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 20:01:22 -08:00
Jiri Pirko 007f790c82 net: introduce generic switch devices support
The goal of this is to provide a possibility to support various switch
chips. Drivers should implement relevant ndos to do so. Now there is
only one ndo defined:
- for getting physical switch id is in place.

Note that user can use random port netdevice to access the switch.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-02 20:01:20 -08:00
Christophe Ricard b3a55b9c5d NFC: hci: Add specific hci macro to not create a pipe
Some pipe are only created by other host (different than the
Terminal Host).
The pipe values will for example be notified by
NFC_HCI_ADM_NOTIFY_PIPE_CREATED.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-12-02 22:48:13 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 0bd49fc75a Bluetooth: Track both local and remote L2CAP fixed channel mask
To pave the way for future fixed channels to be added easily we should
track both the local and remote mask on a per-L2CAP connection (struct
l2cap_conn) basis. So far the code has used a global variable in a racy
way which anyway needs fixing.

This patch renames the existing conn->fixed_chan_mask that tracked
the remote mask to conn->remote_fixed_chan and adds a new variable
conn->local_fixed_chan to track the local mask. Since the HS support
info is now available in the local mask we can remove the
conn->hs_enabled variable.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-12-02 09:26:50 +01:00
Christophe Ricard a688bf55c5 NFC: nci: Add se_io NCI operand
se_io allows to send apdu over the CLF to the embedded Secure Element.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-12-02 02:01:21 +01:00
Christophe Ricard e9ef9431a3 NFC: nci: Update nci_disable_se to run proprietary commands to disable a secure element
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to disable a secure element

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-12-02 02:01:21 +01:00
Christophe Ricard 93bca2bfa4 NFC: nci: Update nci_enable_se to run proprietary commands to enable a secure element
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to enable a secure element

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-12-02 02:01:21 +01:00
Christophe Ricard ba4db551bb NFC: nci: Update nci_discover_se to run proprietary commands to discover all available secure element
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to discover all available secure element

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-12-02 02:01:21 +01:00
Christophe Ricard 9b8d32b7ac NFC: hci: Add se_io HCI operand
se_io allows to send apdu over the CLF to the embedded Secure Element.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-12-02 01:49:58 +01:00
John W. Linville 992066c8d3 Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next 2014-12-01 15:49:58 -05:00
David S. Miller 60b7379dc5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2014-11-29 20:47:48 -08:00
Felix Fietkau f027c2aca0 mac80211: add ieee80211_tx_status_noskb
This can be used by drivers that cannot reliably map tx status
information onto specific skbs.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-28 15:01:51 +01:00
Felix Fietkau f684565e0a mac80211: add tx_status_noskb to rate_control_ops
This op works like .tx_status, except it does not need access to the
skb. This will be used by drivers that cannot match tx status
information to specific packets.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-28 15:01:50 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov ad932f046f cfg80211: leave invalid channels on regdomain change
When the regulatory settings change, some channels might become invalid.
Disconnect interfaces acting on these channels, after giving userspace
code a grace period to leave them.

This mode is currently opt-in, and not all interface operating modes are
supported for regulatory-enforcement checks. A wiphy that wishes to use
the new enforcement code must specify an appropriate regulatory flag,
and all its supported interface modes must be supported by the checking
code.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
[fix some indentation, typos]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-28 14:33:41 +01:00
Julien Lefrique 529ee06682 NFC: NCI: Configure ATR_RES general bytes
The Target responds to the ATR_REQ with the ATR_RES. Configure the General
Bytes in ATR_RES with the first three octets equal to the NFC Forum LLCP
magic number, followed by some LLC Parameters TLVs described in section
4.5 of [LLCP].

Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-11-28 14:07:51 +01:00
Julien Lefrique a99903ec45 NFC: NCI: Handle Target mode activation
Changes:

 * Extract the Listen mode activation parameters from RF_INTF_ACTIVATED_NTF.

 * Store the General Bytes of ATR_REQ.

 * Signal that Target mode is activated in case of an activation in NFC-DEP.

 * Update the NCI state accordingly.

 * Use the various constants defined in nfc.h.

 * Fix the ATR_REQ and ATR_RES maximum size. As per NCI 1.0 and NCI 1.1, the
   Activation Parameters for both Poll and Listen mode contain all the bytes of
   ATR_REQ/ATR_RES starting and including Byte 3 as defined in [DIGITAL].
   In [DIGITAL], the maximum size of ATR_REQ/ATR_RES is 64 bytes and they are
   numbered starting from Byte 1.

Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-11-28 14:07:51 +01:00
Julien Lefrique 90d78c1396 NFC: NCI: Enable NFC-DEP in Listen A and Listen F
Send LA_SEL_INFO and LF_PROTOCOL_TYPE with NFC-DEP protocol enabled.
Configure 212 Kbit/s and 412 Kbit/s bit rates for Listen F.

Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-11-28 14:07:51 +01:00
Mark A. Greer 384ab1d174 NFC: digital: Add NFC-DEP Initiator-side ATN Support
When an NFC-DEP Initiator times out when waiting for
a DEP_RES from the Target, its supposed to send an
ATN to the Target.  The Target should respond to the
ATN with a similar ATN PDU and the Initiator can then
resend the last non-ATN PDU that it sent.  No more
than 'N(retry,atn)' are to be send where
2 <= 'N(retry,atn)' <= 5.  If the Initiator had just
sent a NACK PDU when the timeout occurred, it is to
continue sending NACKs until 'N(retry,nack)' NACKs
have been send.  This is described in section
14.12.5.6 of the NFC-DEP Digital Protocol Spec.

The digital layer's NFC-DEP code doesn't implement
this so add that support.

The value chosen for 'N(retry,atn)' is 2.

Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-11-28 12:39:55 +01:00
Mark A. Greer 49dbb14e30 NFC: digital: Add NFC-DEP Target-side NACK Support
When an NFC-DEP Target receives a NACK PDU with
a PNI equal to 1 less than the current PNI, it
is supposed to re-send the last PDU.  This is
implied in section 14.12.5.4 of the NFC Digital
Protocol Spec.

The digital layer's NFC-DEP code doesn't implement
Target-side NACK handing so add it.  The last PDU
that was sent is saved in the 'nfc_digital_dev'
structure's 'saved_skb' member.  The skb will have
an additional reference taken to ensure that the skb
isn't freed when the driver performs a kfree_skb()
on the skb.  The length of the skb/PDU is also saved
so the length can be restored when re-sending the PDU
in the skb (the driver will perform an skb_pull() so
an skb_push() needs to be done to restore the skb's
data pointer/length).

Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-11-28 12:39:47 +01:00
Mark A. Greer a80509c76b NFC: digital: Add NFC-DEP Initiator-side NACK Support
When an NFC-DEP Initiator receives a frame with
an incorrect CRC or with a parity error, and the
frame is at least 4 bytes long, its supposed to
send a NACK to the Target.  The Initiator can
send up to 'N(retry,nack)' consecutive NACKs
where 2 <= 'N(retry,nack)' <= 5.  When the limit
is exceeded, a PROTOCOL EXCEPTION is raised.
Any other type of transmission error is to be
ignored and the Initiator should continue
waiting for a new frame.  This is described
in section 14.12.5.4 of the NFC Digital Protocol
Spec.

The digital layer's NFC-DEP code doesn't implement
any of this so add it.  This support diverges from
the spec in two significant ways:

a) NACKs will be sent for ANY error reported by the
   driver except a timeout.  This is done because
   there is currently no way for the digital layer
   to distinguish a CRC or parity error from any
   other type of error reported by the driver.

b) All other errors will cause a PROTOCOL EXCEPTION
   even frames with CRC errors that are less than 4
   bytes.

The value chosen for 'N(retry,nack)' is 2.

Targets do not send NACK PDUs.

Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-11-28 12:39:33 +01:00
Mark A. Greer 3bd2a5bcc6 NFC: digital: Add NFC-DEP Send Chaining Support
When the NFC-DEP code is given a packet to send
that is larger than the peer's maximum payload,
its supposed to set the 'MI' bit in the 'I' PDU's
Protocol Frame Byte (PFB).  Setting this bit
indicates that NFC-DEP chaining is to occur.

When NFC-DEP chaining is progress, sender 'I' PDUs
are acknowledged with 'ACK' PDUs until the last 'I'
PDU in the chain (which has the 'MI' bit cleared)
is responded to with a normal 'I' PDU.  This can
occur while in Initiator mode or in Target mode.

Sender NFC-DEP chaining is currently not implemented
in the digital layer so add that support.  Unfortunately,
since sending a frame may require writing the CRC to the
end of the data, the relevant data part of the original
skb must be copied for each intermediate frame.

Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-11-28 12:39:10 +01:00
Mark A. Greer b08147cbc4 NFC: digital: Implement NFC-DEP max payload lengths
The maximum payload for NFC-DEP exchanges (i.e., the
number of bytes between SoD and EoD) is negotiated
using the ATR_REQ, ATR_RES, and PSL_REQ commands.
The valid maximum lengths are 64, 128, 192, and 254
bytes.

Currently, NFC-DEP code assumes that both sides are
always using 254 byte maximums and ignores attempts
by the peer to change it.  Instead, implement the
negotiation code, enforce the local maximum when
receiving data from the peer, and don't send payloads
that exceed the remote's maximum.  The default local
maximum is 254 bytes.

Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-11-28 12:38:59 +01:00
Mark A. Greer 05afedcb89 NFC: digital: Add Target-mode NFC-DEP DID Support
When in Target mode, the Initiator specifies whether
subsequent DEP_REQ and DEP_RES frames will include
a DID byte by the value passed in the ATR_REQ.  If
the DID value in the ATR_REQ is '0' then no DID
byte will be included.  If the DID value is between
'1' and '14' then a DID byte containing the same
value must be included in subsequent DEP_REQ and
DEP_RES frames.  Any other DID value is invalid.
This is specified in sections 14.8.1.2 and 14.8.2.2
of the NFC Digital Protocol Spec.

Checking the DID value (if it should be there at all),
is not currently supported by the digital layer's
NFC-DEP code.  Add this support by remembering the
DID value in the ATR_REQ, checking the DID value of
received DEP_REQ frames (if it should be there at all),
and including the remembered DID value in DEP_RES
frames when appropriate.

Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2014-11-28 12:38:24 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso b59eaf9e28 netfilter: combine IPv4 and IPv6 nf_nat_redirect code in one module
This resolves linking problems with CONFIG_IPV6=n:

net/built-in.o: In function `redirect_tg6':
xt_REDIRECT.c:(.text+0x6d021): undefined reference to `nf_nat_redirect_ipv6'

Reported-by: Andreas Ruprecht <rupran@einserver.de>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-11-27 13:08:42 +01:00
Alvaro Neira 68b0faa87d netfilter: nf_tables_bridge: export nft_reject_ip*hdr_validate functions
This patch exports the functions nft_reject_iphdr_validate and
nft_reject_ip6hdr_validate to use it in follow up patches.
These functions check if the IPv4/IPv6 header is correct.

Signed-off-by: Alvaro Neira Ayuso <alvaroneay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-11-27 12:58:05 +01:00
Florian Westphal c41884ce05 netfilter: conntrack: avoid zeroing timer
add a __nfct_init_offset annotation member to struct nf_conn to make
it clear which members are covered by the memset when the conntrack
is allocated.

This avoids zeroing timer_list and ct_net; both are already inited
explicitly.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-11-27 12:41:06 +01:00
Willem de Bruijn f4713a3dfa net-timestamp: make tcp_recvmsg call ipv6_recv_error for AF_INET6 socks
TCP timestamping introduced MSG_ERRQUEUE handling for TCP sockets.
If the socket is of family AF_INET6, call ipv6_recv_error instead
of ip_recv_error.

This change is more complex than a single branch due to the loadable
ipv6 module. It reuses a pre-existing indirect function call from
ping. The ping code is safe to call, because it is part of the core
ipv6 module and always present when AF_INET6 sockets are active.

Fixes: 4ed2d765 (net-timestamp: TCP timestamping)
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>

----

It may also be worthwhile to add WARN_ON_ONCE(sk->family == AF_INET6)
to ip_recv_error.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-26 15:45:04 -05:00
Johannes Berg 98f0334263 cfg80211: clean up beacon loss CQM event
Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly,
but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet.

Move the event to its own function call internally and to
its own event attribute in nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-26 20:56:42 +01:00
Tom Herbert 7c967b224a net: Add remcsum_adjust as common function for remote checksum offload
This function does the work to update a checksum field as part of
remote checksum offload.

remcsum_adjust does the following:

1) Subtract out the calculated checksum from the beginning of the
   packet (ptr arg) to the start offset.
2) Adjust the checksum field indicated by offset based on the modified
   checksum value from above step.
3) Return the difference in the old checksum field value and the
   new one. The caller will use this to update skb->csum and NAPI csum.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-26 12:25:43 -05:00
Johannes Berg 5b97f49d65 cfg80211: refactor the various CQM event sending code
Much of the code can be shared by moving it into helper functions
for the CQM event sending.

Also move the code closer together, even in the header file.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-26 12:47:38 +01:00
David S. Miller d3fc6b3fdd Merge branch 'for-davem' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs
More work from Al Viro to move away from modifying iovecs
by using iov_iter instead.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-25 20:02:51 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann 79e886599e crypto: algif - add and use sock_kzfree_s() instead of memzero_explicit()
Commit e1bd95bf7c ("crypto: algif - zeroize IV buffer") and
2a6af25bef ("crypto: algif - zeroize message digest buffer")
added memzero_explicit() calls on buffers that are later on
passed back to sock_kfree_s().

This is a discussed follow-up that, instead, extends the sock
API and adds sock_kzfree_s(), which internally uses kzfree()
instead of kfree() for passing the buffers back to slab.

Having sock_kzfree_s() allows to keep the changes more minimal
by just having a drop-in replacement instead of adding
memzero_explicit() calls everywhere before sock_kfree_s().

In kzfree(), the compiler is not allowed to optimize the memset()
away and thus there's no need for memzero_explicit(). Both,
sock_kfree_s() and sock_kzfree_s() are wrappers for
__sock_kfree_s() and call into kfree() resp. kzfree(); here,
__sock_kfree_s() needs to be explicitly inlined as we want the
compiler to optimize the call and condition away and thus it
produces e.g. on x86_64 the _same_ assembler output for
sock_kfree_s() before and after, and thus also allows for
avoiding code duplication.

Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
2014-11-25 22:50:39 +08:00
Jiri Pirko 08dcf9fd19 tc_vlan: fix type of tcfv_push_vid
Should be u16. So fix it to kill the sparse warning.

Fixes: c7e2b9689e "sched: introduce vlan action"
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-24 16:12:03 -05:00
David S. Miller 958d03b016 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
netfilter/ipvs updates for net-next

The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, this includes the NAT redirection support for nf_tables, the
cgroup support for nft meta and conntrack zone support for the connlimit
match. Coming after those, a bunch of sparse warning fixes, missing
netns bits and cleanups. More specifically, they are:

1) Prepare IPv4 and IPv6 NAT redirect code to use it from nf_tables,
   patches from Arturo Borrero.

2) Introduce the nf_tables redir expression, from Arturo Borrero.

3) Remove an unnecessary assignment in ip_vs_xmit/__ip_vs_get_out_rt().
   Patch from Alex Gartrell.

4) Add nft_log_dereference() macro to the nf_log infrastructure, patch
   from Marcelo Leitner.

5) Add some extra validation when registering logger families, also
   from Marcelo.

6) Some spelling cleanups from stephen hemminger.

7) Fix sparse warning in nf_logger_find_get().

8) Add cgroup support to nf_tables meta, patch from Ana Rey.

9) A Kconfig fix for the new redir expression and fix sparse warnings in
   the new redir expression.

10) Fix several sparse warnings in the netfilter tree, from
    Florian Westphal.

11) Reduce verbosity when OOM in nfnetlink_log. User can basically do
    nothing when this situation occurs.

12) Add conntrack zone support to xt_connlimit, again from Florian.

13) Add netnamespace support to the h323 conntrack helper, contributed
    by Vasily Averin.

14) Remove unnecessary nul-pointer checks before free_percpu() and
    module_put(), from Markus Elfring.

15) Use pr_fmt in nfnetlink_log, again patch from Marcelo Leitner.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-24 16:00:58 -05:00
Al Viro 0f7db23a07 vmci_transport: switch ->enqeue_dgram, ->enqueue_stream and ->dequeue_stream to msghdr
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-11-24 05:16:42 -05:00
Al Viro e0eb093e79 switch sctp_user_addto_chunk() and sctp_datamsg_from_user() to passing iov_iter
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-11-24 05:16:40 -05:00
Al Viro e169371823 switch ipxrtr_route_packet() from iovec to msghdr
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-11-24 04:28:49 -05:00
Al Viro 6ce8e9ce59 new helper: memcpy_from_msg()
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-11-24 04:28:48 -05:00
David S. Miller 1459143386 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ieee802154/fakehard.c

A bug fix went into 'net' for ieee802154/fakehard.c, which is removed
in 'net-next'.

Add build fix into the merge from Stephen Rothwell in openvswitch, the
logging macros take a new initial 'log' argument, a new call was added
in 'net' so when we merge that in here we have to explicitly add the
new 'log' arg to it else the build fails.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-21 22:28:24 -05:00
David S. Miller 53b15ef3c2 Merge tag 'master-2014-11-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next
John W. Linville says:

====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-11-21

Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.19 stream...

For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:

"It has been a while since my last pull request, so we accumulated
another relatively large set of changes:
 * TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
   patches I did
 * custom regulatory fixes from Arik
 * minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
 * add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
 * random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
 * CSA improvements (Luca)
 * WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
 * and lots of other smaller changes from many people"

For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:

"Here's another set of patches for 3.19. Most of it is again fixes and
cleanups to ieee802154 related code from Alexander Aring. We've also got
better handling of hardware error events along with a proper API for HCI
drivers to notify the HCI core of such situations. There's also a minor
fix for mgmt events as well as a sparse warning fix. The code for
sending HCI commands synchronously also gets a fix where we might loose
the completion event in the case of very fast HW (particularly easily
reproducible with an emulated HCI device)."

And...

"Here's another bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19. We've got:

 - Various fixes, cleanups and improvements to ieee802154/mac802154
 - Support for a Broadcom BCM20702A1 variant
 - Lots of lockdep fixes
 - Fixed handling of LE CoC errors that should trigger SMP"

For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:

"One ath6kl patch and rest for ath10k, but nothing really major which
stands out. Most notable:

o fix resume (Bartosz)

o firmware restart is now faster and more reliable (Michal)

o it's now possible to test hardware restart functionality without
  crashing the firmware using hw-restart parameter with
  simulate_fw_crash debugfs file (Michal)"

On top of that...both ath9k and mwifiex get their usual level of
updates.  Of note is the ath9k spectral scan work from Oleksij Rempel.

I also pulled from the wireless tree in order to avoid some merge issues.

Please let me know if there are problems!
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-21 16:39:45 -05:00
Jiri Pirko c7e2b9689e sched: introduce vlan action
This tc action allows to work with vlan tagged skbs. Two supported
sub-actions are header pop and header push.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-21 14:20:18 -05:00
John W. Linville 9a638ddfb0 It has been a while since my last pull request, so we accumulated
another relatively large set of changes:
  * TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
    patches I did
  * custom regulatory fixes from Arik
  * minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
  * add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
  * random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
  * CSA improvements (Luca)
  * WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
  * and lots of other smaller changes from many people
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUbghkAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqroosP/RABYXUMua+k3Ccq7T4eU4jV
 AEO2p2gt5nHBzEl1NCJtdUTJkZ6ftT7ehvAkV2zboB0FBoAoBTbZ8YDtcBBiWaY6
 wJ5TYuOl6LFo7csAxWxpCzUxW3M+iq26itpyW9Zt9WWxP4QLSNPFyXEXV3SEh45n
 HcDW9A0SE+mgdaTQ2LEMBJ5XWxG/Ic7i9Xn6Py3o4x7NsTB4EqFNOD0WXcPCq7M0
 H8xlsIYIBYoGNMsV/2Nu7CEgcSXfDLqWcs9uPHQMCvWPjx/vIoEyOgTwJlE9bQHh
 2tloc1LBP6XKQ6g2bJ/pBaQVnZGugcOJhD6KUq3ckNm9qIP1ZtRmJslH4V6pUSCS
 eGl3TcAKSSE4BWIa7AaETWXeoH4X68dO7PM7pnflQRCQLzCJRbDWCdqjBst/AxBT
 6hvAFAvExEcWBkNVSTJ2egRk/C9cDFKRaCWQ1h4wX9yvh+8efe1D0DDWLW9a9qv1
 LsoGJE72BZdXn2CaQEME+CjTd3fWmn6u729d/c863cq2kspCSOof0QD0X9uWhBUx
 BvqtgbQjGZzAvHFcjBd7yRd5hz0aDfLyBL59bq2IBzaU1QmyekNPqzSMSD+5ZlCp
 uxEeE5AY2+pcNZV1KRtkvgAByfUgAVd0FHZcVb8SIM6QZ3IhqiOuzxuXtxv6hrYP
 V/76B+ath4Sv1IPF56ex
 =q4e6
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-11-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:

"It has been a while since my last pull request, so we accumulated
another relatively large set of changes:
 * TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
   patches I did
 * custom regulatory fixes from Arik
 * minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
 * add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
 * random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
 * CSA improvements (Luca)
 * WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
 * and lots of other smaller changes from many people"

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2014-11-20 16:09:30 -05:00
Al Viro 232365f660 bury skb_copy_to_page()
no callers since 3.0

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-11-19 16:24:35 -05:00
Al Viro 08adb7dabd fold verify_iovec() into copy_msghdr_from_user()
... and do the same on the compat side of things.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2014-11-19 16:23:49 -05:00
Johannes Berg f815e2b3c0 mac80211: notify drivers on sta rate table changes
This allows drivers with a firmware or chip-based rate lookup table to
use the most recent default rate selection without having to get it from
per-packet data or explicit ieee80211_get_tx_rate calls

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 19:15:50 +01:00
Johannes Berg a344d6778a mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR
Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software
based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every
scan request with the flag.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:46:09 +01:00
Johannes Berg ad2b26abc1 cfg80211: allow drivers to support random MAC addresses for scan
Add the necessary feature flags and a scan flag to support using
random MAC addresses for scan while unassociated.

The configuration for this supports an arbitrary MAC address
value and mask, so that any kind of configuration (e.g. fixed
OUI or full 46-bit random) can be requested. Full 46-bit random
is the default when no other configuration is passed.

Also add a small helper function to use the addr/mask correctly.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:45:52 +01:00
Luciano Coelho 8cd4d4563e cfg80211: add wowlan net-detect support
Add a new WoWLAN API to enable net-detect as a wake up trigger.
Net-detect allows the device to scan in the background while the
host is asleep to wake up the host system when a matching network
is found.

Reuse the scheduled scan attributes to specify how the scan is
performed while suspended and the matches that will trigger a
wake event.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:45:45 +01:00
Liad Kaufman b6da911b3c mac80211: synchronously reserve TID per station
In TDLS (e.g., TDLS off-channel) there is a requirement for
some drivers to supply an unused TID between the AP and the
device to the FW, to allow sending PTI requests and to allow
the FW to aggregate on a specific TID for better throughput.

To ensure that the allocated TID is indeed unused, this patch
introduces an API for blocking the driver from TXing on that
TID.

Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:45:36 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov 8a4d32f30d mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow
When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame
and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with
the parsed data.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:45:26 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov a7a6bdd067 mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops
Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211
ones for low-level drivers.
Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant
wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before
passing the command down.

Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and
make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly
removed.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:45:21 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov 1057d35ede cfg80211: introduce TDLS channel switch commands
Introduce commands to initiate and cancel TDLS channel-switching. Once
TDLS channel-switching is started, the lower level driver is responsible
for continually initiating channel-switch operations and returning to
the base (AP) channel to listen for beacons from time to time.

Upon cancellation of the channel-switch all communication between the
relevant TDLS peers will continue on the base channel.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:45:12 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 0378b59770 Bluetooth: Convert link keys list to use RCU
This patch converts the hdev->link_keys list to be protected through
RCU, thereby eliminating the need to hold the hdev lock while accessing
the list.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-19 16:19:47 +01:00
Joe Stringer 11bf7828a5 vxlan: Inline vxlan_gso_check().
Suggested-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-18 15:38:44 -05:00
Rick Jones e3e3217029 icmp: Remove some spurious dropped packet profile hits from the ICMP path
If icmp_rcv() has successfully processed the incoming ICMP datagram, we
should use consume_skb() rather than kfree_skb() because a hit on the likes
of perf -e skb:kfree_skb is not called-for.

Signed-off-by: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-18 15:28:28 -05:00
John W. Linville f48ecb19bc Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com> says:

"Here's another bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19. We've got:

 - Various fixes, cleanups and improvements to ieee802154/mac802154
 - Support for a Broadcom BCM20702A1 variant
 - Lots of lockdep fixes
 - Fixed handling of LE CoC errors that should trigger SMP"

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2014-11-18 15:13:26 -05:00
Johannes Berg 760a52e80f Merge remote-tracking branch 'wireless-next/master' into mac80211-next
This brings in some mwifiex changes that further patches will
need to work on top to not cause merge conflicts.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-18 09:32:44 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 38da170306 Bluetooth: Use shorter "rand" name for "randomizer"
The common short form of "randomizer" is "rand" in many places
(including the Bluetooth specification). The shorter version also makes
for easier to read code with less forced line breaks. This patch renames
all occurences of "randomizer" to "rand" in the Bluetooth subsystem
code.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-18 01:53:15 +01:00
Alexander Aring ee7b9053bd ieee802154: fix byteorder for short address and panid
This patch changes the byteorder handling for short and panid handling.
We now except to get little endian in nl802154 for these attributes.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-17 09:49:17 +01:00
Alexander Aring cb41c8dd01 ieee802154: rename and move WPAN_NUM_ defines
This patch moves the 802.15.4 constraints WPAN_NUM_ defines into
"net/ieee802154.h" which should contain all necessary 802.15.4 related
information. Also rename these defines to a common name which is
IEEE802154_MAX_CHANNEL and IEEE802154_MAX_PAGE.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-17 09:49:17 +01:00
Alexander Aring b821ecd4c8 ieee802154: add del interface command
This patch adds support for deleting a wpan interface via nl802154.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-17 09:49:17 +01:00
Alexander Aring 0e57547eb7 ieee802154: setting extended address while iface add
This patch adds support for setting an extended address while
registration a new interface. If ieee802154_is_valid_extended_addr
getting as parameter and invalid extended address then the perm address
is fallback. This is useful to make some default handling while for
example default registration of a wpan interface while phy registration.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-17 09:49:16 +01:00
Alexander Aring f3ea5e4423 ieee802154: add new interface command
This patch adds a new nl802154 command for adding a new interface
according to a wpan phy via nl802154.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-17 09:49:16 +01:00
David S. Miller f1227c5c1b Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net

The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net tree,
they are:

1) Fix missing initialization of the range structure (allocated in the
   stack) in nft_masq_{ipv4, ipv6}_eval, from Daniel Borkmann.

2) Make sure the data we receive from userspace contains the req_version
   structure, otherwise return an error incomplete on truncated input.
   From Dan Carpenter.

3) Fix handling og skb->sk which may cause incorrect handling
   of connections from a local process. Via Simon Horman, patch from
   Calvin Owens.

4) Fix wrong netns in nft_compat when setting target and match params
   structure.

5) Relax chain type validation in nft_compat that was recently included,
   this broke the matches that need to be run from the route chain type.
   Now iptables-test.py automated regression tests report success again
   and we avoid the only possible problematic case, which is the use of
   nat targets out of nat chain type.

6) Use match->table to validate the tablename, instead of the match->name.
   Again patch for nft_compat.

7) Restore the synchronous release of objects from the commit and abort
   path in nf_tables. This is causing two major problems: splats when using
   nft_compat, given that matches and targets may sleep and call_rcu is
   invoked from softirq context. Moreover Patrick reported possible event
   notification reordering when rules refer to anonymous sets.

8) Fix race condition in between packets that are being confirmed by
   conntrack and the ctnetlink flush operation. This happens since the
   removal of the central spinlock. Thanks to Jesper D. Brouer to looking
   into this.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-16 14:23:56 -05:00
Ingo Molnar e9ac5f0fa8 Merge branch 'sched/urgent' into sched/core, to pick up fixes before applying more changes
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2014-11-16 10:50:25 +01:00
Johan Hedberg adae20cb2d Bluetooth: Convert IRK list to RCU
This patch set converts the hdev->identity_resolving_keys list to use
RCU to eliminate the need to use hci_dev_lock/unlock.

An additional change that must be done is to remove use of
CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC for the hdev-specific AES crypto context. The reason is
that this context is used for matching RPAs and the loop that does the
matching is under the RCU read lock, i.e. is an atomic section which
cannot sleep.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-15 01:53:27 +01:00
Johan Hedberg 970d0f1b28 Bluetooth: Convert LTK list to RCU
This patch set converts the hdev->long_term_keys list to use RCU to
eliminate the need to use hci_dev_lock/unlock.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-15 01:53:27 +01:00
Joe Stringer 23e62de33d net: Add vxlan_gso_check() helper
Most NICs that report NETIF_F_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL support VXLAN, and not
other UDP-based encapsulation protocols where the format and size of the
header differs. This patch implements a generic ndo_gso_check() for
VXLAN which will only advertise GSO support when the skb looks like it
contains VXLAN (or no UDP tunnelling at all).

Implementation shamelessly stolen from Tom Herbert:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/332428/focus=333111

Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-14 17:12:48 -05:00
David S. Miller 076ce44825 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c
	drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_phy.c

sge.c was overlapping two changes, one to use the new
__dev_alloc_page() in net-next, and one to use s->fl_pg_order in net.

ixgbe_phy.c was a set of overlapping whitespace changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-14 01:01:12 -05:00
Herbert Xu 53c2e285f9 xfrm: Do not hash socket policies
Back in 2003 when I added policy expiration, I half-heartedly
did a clean-up and renamed xfrm_sk_policy_link/xfrm_sk_policy_unlink
to __xfrm_policy_link/__xfrm_policy_unlink, because the latter
could be reused for all policies.  I never actually got around
to using __xfrm_policy_link for non-socket policies.

Later on hashing was added to all xfrm policies, including socket
policies.  In fact, we don't need hashing on socket policies at
all since they're always looked up via a linked list.

This patch restores xfrm_sk_policy_link/xfrm_sk_policy_unlink
as wrappers around __xfrm_policy_link/__xfrm_policy_unlink so
that it's obvious we're dealing with socket policies.

This patch also removes hashing from __xfrm_policy_link as for
now it's only used by socket policies which do not need to be
hashed.  Ironically this will in fact allow us to use this helper
for non-socket policies which I shall do later.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2014-11-13 11:25:03 +01:00
Johan Hedberg abe84903a8 Bluetooth: Use proper nesting annotation for l2cap_chan lock
By default lockdep considers all L2CAP channels equal. This would mean
that we get warnings if a channel is locked when another one's lock is
tried to be acquired in the same thread. This kind of inter-channel
locking dependencies exist in the form of parent-child channels as well
as any channel wishing to elevate the security by requesting procedures
on the SMP channel.

To eliminate the chance for these lockdep warnings we introduce a
nesting level for each channel and use that when acquiring the channel
lock. For now there exists the earlier mentioned three identified
categories: SMP, "normal" channels and parent channels (i.e. those in
BT_LISTEN state). The nesting level is defined as atomic_t since we need
access to it before the lock is actually acquired.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-13 07:49:09 +01:00
Alexander Aring 61f2dcba9a mac802154: add interframe spacing time handling
This patch adds a new interframe spacing time handling into mac802154
layer. Interframe spacing time is a time period between each transmit.
This patch adds a high resolution timer into mac802154 and starts on
xmit complete with corresponding interframe spacing expire time if
ifs_handling is true. We make it variable because it depends if
interframe spacing time is handled by transceiver or mac802154. At the
timer complete function we wake the netdev queue again. This avoids
new frame transmit in range of interframe spacing time.

For synced driver we add no handling of interframe spacing time. This
is currently a lack of support in all synced xmit drivers. I suppose
it's working because the latency of workqueue which is needed to call
spi_sync.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-13 04:51:58 +01:00
Tom Herbert a8c5f90fb5 ip_tunnel: Ops registration for secondary encap (fou, gue)
Instead of calling fou and gue functions directly from ip_tunnel
use ops for these that were previously registered. This patch adds the
logic to add and remove encapsulation operations for ip_tunnel,
and modified fou (and gue) to register with ip_tunnels.

This patch also addresses a circular dependency between ip_tunnel
and fou that was causing link errors when CONFIG_NET_IP_TUNNEL=y
and CONFIG_NET_FOU=m. References to fou an gue have been removed from
ip_tunnel.c

Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-12 15:01:35 -05:00
Joe Perches 955a9d202f irda: Convert IRDA_DEBUG to pr_debug
Use the normal kernel debugging mechanism which also
enables dynamic_debug at the same time.

Other miscellanea:

o Remove sysctl for irda_debug
o Remove function tracing like uses (use ftrace instead)
o Coalesce formats
o Realign arguments
o Remove unnecessary OOM messages

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-12 13:56:41 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso b326dd37b9 netfilter: nf_tables: restore synchronous object release from commit/abort
The existing xtables matches and targets, when used from nft_compat, may
sleep from the destroy path, ie. when removing rules. Since the objects
are released via call_rcu from softirq context, this results in lockdep
splats and possible lockups that may be hard to reproduce.

Patrick also indicated that delayed object release via call_rcu can
cause us problems in the ordering of event notifications when anonymous
sets are in place.

So, this patch restores the synchronous object release from the commit
and abort paths. This includes a call to synchronize_rcu() to make sure
that no packets are walking on the objects that are going to be
released. This is slowier though, but it's simple and it resolves the
aforementioned problems.

This is a partial revert of c7c32e7 ("netfilter: nf_tables: defer all
object release via rcu") that was introduced in 3.16 to speed up
interaction with userspace.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-11-12 12:06:24 +01:00
Alexander Aring c8937a1d11 ieee820154: add lbt setting support
This patch adds support for setting listen before transmit mode via
nl802154 framework.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-12 05:10:43 +01:00
Alexander Aring 17a3a46bfb ieee820154: add max frame retries setting support
This patch add support for setting mac frame retries setting via
nl802154 framework.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-12 05:10:42 +01:00
Alexander Aring a01ba7652c ieee820154: add max csma backoffs setting support
This patch add support for max csma backoffs setting via nl802154
framework.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-12 05:10:41 +01:00
Alexander Aring 656a999e87 ieee820154: add backoff exponent setting support
This patch adds support for setting backoff exponents via nl802154
framework.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-12 05:10:40 +01:00
Alexander Aring 9830c62a0b ieee820154: add short_addr setting support
This patch adds support for setting short address via nl802154 framework.
Also added a comment because a 0xffff seems to be valid address that we
don't have a short address. This is a valid setting but we need
more checks in upper layers to don't allow this address as source address.
Also the current netlink interface doesn't allow to set the short_addr
to 0xffff. Same for the 0xfffe short address which describes a not
allocated short address.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-12 05:10:40 +01:00
Alexander Aring 702bf37128 ieee820154: add pan_id setting support
This patch adds support for setting pan_id via nl802154 framework.
Adding a comment because setting 0xffff as pan_id seems to be valid
setting. The pan_id 0xffff as source pan is invalid. I am not sure now
about this setting but for the current netlink interface this is an
invalid setting, so we do the same now. Maybe we need to change that
when we have coordinator support and association support.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-12 05:10:39 +01:00
Alexander Aring ab0bd56172 ieee820154: add channel set support
This patch adds page and channel setting support to nl802154 framework.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-12 05:10:38 +01:00
Alexander Aring 9d30a8cf98 ieee802154: cleanup cfg802154 intendation
This is patch is cleanup to have a similar indentation like cfg80211
implementation.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-12 05:10:37 +01:00
Alexander Aring 6322d50d87 mac802154: add wpan_phy priv id
This patch adds an unique id for an wpan_phy. This behaviour is mostly
grabbed from wireless stack. This is needed for upcomming patches which
identify the wpan netdev while NETDEV_CHANGENAME in netdev notify function.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-12 05:10:36 +01:00
Joe Perches 6c91023dc3 irda: Remove IRDA_<TYPE> logging macros
And use the more common mechanisms directly.

Other miscellanea:

o Coalesce formats
o Add missing newlines
o Realign arguments
o Remove unnecessary OOM message logging as
  there's a generic stack dump already on OOM.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-11 18:11:00 -05:00
John W. Linville 6164c20228 Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next 2014-11-11 16:30:48 -05:00
Joe Perches d65c4e4e0a irda: Simplify IRDA logging macros
These are the same as net_<level>_ratelimited, so
use the more common style in the macro definition.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-11 16:21:59 -05:00
WANG Cong d7480fd3b1 neigh: remove dynamic neigh table registration support
Currently there are only three neigh tables in the whole kernel:
arp table, ndisc table and decnet neigh table. What's more,
we don't support registering multiple tables per family.
Therefore we can just make these tables statically built-in.

Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-11 15:23:54 -05:00
Joe Perches ba7a46f16d net: Convert LIMIT_NETDEBUG to net_dbg_ratelimited
Use the more common dynamic_debug capable net_dbg_ratelimited
and remove the LIMIT_NETDEBUG macro.

All messages are still ratelimited.

Some KERN_<LEVEL> uses are changed to KERN_DEBUG.

This may have some negative impact on messages that were
emitted at KERN_INFO that are not not enabled at all unless
DEBUG is defined or dynamic_debug is enabled.  Even so,
these messages are now _not_ emitted by default.

This also eliminates the use of the net_msg_warn sysctl
"/proc/sys/net/core/warnings".  For backward compatibility,
the sysctl is not removed, but it has no function.  The extern
declaration of net_msg_warn is removed from sock.h and made
static in net/core/sysctl_net_core.c

Miscellanea:

o Update the sysctl documentation
o Remove the embedded uses of pr_fmt
o Coalesce format fragments
o Realign arguments

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-11 14:10:31 -05:00
Eric Dumazet 2c8c56e15d net: introduce SO_INCOMING_CPU
Alternative to RPS/RFS is to use hardware support for multiple
queues.

Then split a set of million of sockets into worker threads, each
one using epoll() to manage events on its own socket pool.

Ideally, we want one thread per RX/TX queue/cpu, but we have no way to
know after accept() or connect() on which queue/cpu a socket is managed.

We normally use one cpu per RX queue (IRQ smp_affinity being properly
set), so remembering on socket structure which cpu delivered last packet
is enough to solve the problem.

After accept(), connect(), or even file descriptor passing around
processes, applications can use :

 int cpu;
 socklen_t len = sizeof(cpu);

 getsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_INCOMING_CPU, &cpu, &len);

And use this information to put the socket into the right silo
for optimal performance, as all networking stack should run
on the appropriate cpu, without need to send IPI (RPS/RFS).

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-11 13:00:06 -05:00
Jesse Gross cfdf1e1ba5 udptunnel: Add SKB_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL during gro_complete.
When doing GRO processing for UDP tunnels, we never add
SKB_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL to gso_type - only the type of the inner protocol
is added (such as SKB_GSO_TCPV4). The result is that if the packet is
later resegmented we will do GSO but not treat it as a tunnel. This
results in UDP fragmentation of the outer header instead of (i.e.) TCP
segmentation of the inner header as was originally on the wire.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-10 15:09:45 -05:00
David S. Miller b92172661e Merge tag 'master-2014-11-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next
John W. Linville says:

====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-11-07

Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.19 stream!

For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:

"This relatively large batch of changes is comprised of the following:
 * large mac80211-hwsim changes from Ben, Jukka and a bit myself
 * OCB/WAVE/11p support from Rostislav on behalf of the Czech Technical
   University in Prague and Volkswagen Group Research
 * minstrel VHT work from Karl
 * more CSA work from Luca
 * WMM admission control support in mac80211 (myself)
 * various smaller fixes, spelling corrections, and minor API additions"

For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:

"Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19. The vast majority
of patches are for ieee802154 from Alexander Aring with various fixes
and cleanups. There are also several LE/SMP fixes as well as improved
support for handling LE devices that have lost their pairing information
(the patches from Alfonso). Jukka provides a couple of stability fixes
for 6lowpan and Szymon conformance fixes for RFCOMM. For the HCI drivers
we have one new USB ID for an Acer controller as well as a reset
handling fix for H5."

For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:

"Major changes are:

o ethtool support (Ben)

o print dev string prefix with debug hex buffers dump (Michal)

o debugfs file to read calibration data from the firmware verification
  purposes (me)

o fix fw_stats debugfs file, now results are more reliable (Michal)

o firmware crash counters via debugfs (Ben&me)

o various tracing points to debug firmware (Rajkumar)

o make it possible to provide firmware calibration data via a file (me)

And we have quite a lot of smaller fixes and clean up."

For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:

"The big new thing here is netdetect which allows the
firmware to wake up the platform when a specific network
is detected. Along with that I have fixes for d3 operation.
The usual amount of rate scaling stuff - we now support STBC.
The other commit that stands out is Johannes's work on
devcoredump. He basically starts to use the standard
infrastructure he built."

Along with that are the usual sort of updates and such for ath9k,
brcmfmac, wil6210, and a handful of other bits here and there...

Please let me know if there are problems!
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-10 14:34:59 -05:00
David S. Miller 1ef8019be8 net: Move bonding headers under include/net
This ways drivers like cxgb4 don't need to do ugly relative includes.

Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-10 13:27:49 -05:00
Johannes Berg 1f7bba79af mac80211: add back support for radiotap vendor namespace data
Radiotap vendor namespace data might still be useful, but we
reverted it because it used too much space in the RX status.
Put it back, but address the space problem by using a single
bit only and putting everything else into the skb->data.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-10 10:30:43 +01:00
Luciano Coelho f8d7552e94 cfg80211: add channel switch started notification
Add a new NL80211_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY message that can be sent to
the userspace when a channel switch process has started.  This allows
userspace to take action, for instance, by requesting other interfaces
to switch channel as necessary.

This patch introduces a function that allows the drivers to send this
notification.  It should be used when the driver starts processing a
channel switch initiated by a remote device (eg. when a STA receives a
CSA from the AP) and when it successfully starts a userspace-triggered
channel switch (eg. when hostapd triggers a channel swith in the AP).

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-10 10:20:14 +01:00
Alexander Aring 3ae75e02c3 ieee802154: add new nl802154 header
This patch adds the new userspace header for nl802154. We don't place
this header in include/uapi now. This header could be modified in the
next time.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-09 19:50:28 +01:00
Alexander Aring fcf39e6e88 ieee802154: add wpan_dev_list
This patch adds a wpan_dev_list list into cfg802154_registered_device
struct. Also adding new wpan_dev into this list while
cfg802154_netdev_notifier_call. This behaviour is mostly grab from
wireless core.c implementation and is needed for preparing nl802154
framework.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-09 19:50:28 +01:00
Alexander Aring 190ac1ca33 ieee802154: add iftype to wpan_dev
This patch adds an iftype argument to the wpan_dev. This is needed to
get the interface type from netdev ieee802154_ptr. The subif data struct
can only accessible in mac802154 branch.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-09 19:50:28 +01:00
Alexander Aring f601379fa1 ieee802154: rename wpan_phy_alloc
This patch renames the wpan_phy_alloc function to wpan_phy_new. This
naming convention is like wireless and "wiphy_new" function.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-09 19:50:28 +01:00
Alexander Aring 863e88f255 mac802154: move mac pib attributes into wpan_dev
This patch moves all mac pib attributes into the wpan_dev struct.
Furthermore we can easier access these attributes over the netdev
802154_ptr pointer. Currently this is only possible over a complicated
callback structure in mac802154 because subif data structure is
accessable inside mac802154 only.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-09 19:50:27 +01:00
David S. Miller 4e84b496fd Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2014-11-06 22:01:18 -05:00
David S. Miller 6b798d70d0 Merge branch 'net_next_ovs' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pshelar/openvswitch
Pravin B Shelar says:

====================
Open vSwitch

First two patches are related to OVS MPLS support. Rest of patches
are mostly refactoring and minor improvements to openvswitch.

v1-v2:
 - Fix conflicts due to "gue: Remote checksum offload"
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-06 16:33:13 -05:00
Joe Perches 926c512685 sock.h: Remove unused NETDEBUG macro
It's unused now, just delete it.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-06 15:11:11 -05:00
Ryo Munakata 5816c3dafb net/9p: remove a comment about pref member which doesn't exist
Signed-off-by: Ryo Munakata <ryomnktml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-06 14:59:19 -05:00
Steffen Klassert d50051407f ipv6: Allow sending packets through tunnels with wildcard endpoints
Currently we need the IP6_TNL_F_CAP_XMIT capabiltiy to transmit
packets through an ipv6 tunnel. This capability is set when the
tunnel gets configured, based on the tunnel endpoint addresses.

On tunnels with wildcard tunnel endpoints, we need to do the
capabiltiy checking on a per packet basis like it is done in
the receive path.

This patch extends ip6_tnl_xmit_ctl() to take local and remote
addresses as parameters to allow for per packet capabiltiy
checking.

Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-06 14:19:19 -05:00
Simon Horman 25cd9ba0ab openvswitch: Add basic MPLS support to kernel
Allow datapath to recognize and extract MPLS labels into flow keys
and execute actions which push, pop, and set labels on packets.

Based heavily on work by Leo Alterman, Ravi K, Isaku Yamahata and Joe Stringer.

Cc: Ravi K <rkerur@gmail.com>
Cc: Leo Alterman <lalterman@nicira.com>
Cc: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Cc: Joe Stringer <joe@wand.net.nz>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
2014-11-05 23:52:33 -08:00
WANG Cong 25de4668d0 ipv6: move INET6_MATCH() to include/net/inet6_hashtables.h
It is only used in net/ipv6/inet6_hashtables.c.

Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-05 16:59:04 -05:00
Tom Herbert b17f709a24 gue: TX support for using remote checksum offload option
Add if_tunnel flag TUNNEL_ENCAP_FLAG_REMCSUM to configure
remote checksum offload on an IP tunnel. Add logic in gue_build_header
to insert remote checksum offload option.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-05 16:30:03 -05:00
Tom Herbert c1aa8347e7 gue: Protocol constants for remote checksum offload
Define a private flag for remote checksun offload as well as a length
for the option.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-05 16:30:03 -05:00
Tom Herbert 5024c33ac3 gue: Add infrastructure for flags and options
Add functions and basic definitions for processing standard flags,
private flags, and control messages. This includes definitions
to compute length of optional fields corresponding to a set of flags.
Flag validation is in validate_gue_flags function. This checks for
unknown flags, and that length of optional fields is <= length
in guehdr hlen.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-05 16:30:03 -05:00
Tom Herbert 63487babf0 net: Move fou_build_header into fou.c and refactor
Move fou_build_header out of ip_tunnel.c and into fou.c splitting
it up into fou_build_header, gue_build_header, and fou_build_udp.
This allows for other users for TX of FOU or GUE. Change ip_tunnel_encap
to call fou_build_header or gue_build_header based on the tunnel
encapsulation type. Similarly, added fou_encap_hlen and gue_encap_hlen
functions which are called by ip_encap_hlen. New net/fou.h has
prototypes and defines for this.

Added NET_FOU_IP_TUNNELS configuration. When this is set, IP tunnels
can use FOU/GUE and fou module is also selected.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-05 16:30:02 -05:00
Alexander Aring dee56d1477 mac802154: add support for perm_extended_addr
This patch adding support for a perm extended address. This is useful
when a device supports an eeprom with a programmed static extended address.
If a device doesn't support such eeprom or serial registers then the
driver should generate a random extended address.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-05 21:53:05 +01:00
Alexander Aring 705cbbbe9c mac802154: cleanup ieee802154_netdev_to_extended_addr
This patch cleanups the ieee802154_be64_to_le64 to have a similar
function like ieee802154_le64_to_be64 only with switched source and
destionation types.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-05 21:53:05 +01:00
Alexander Aring 239a84a9a0 mac802154: add ieee802154_le64_to_be64
This patch adds a new function to convert a le64 to a be64. This is
useful to translate an extended address to a netdev dev_addr.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-05 21:53:05 +01:00
Alexander Aring 7c118c1a86 mac802154: add ieee802154_vif struct
This patch adds an ieee802154_vif similar like the ieee80211_vif which
holds the interface type and maybe further more attributes like the
ieee80211_vif structure.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-05 21:53:04 +01:00
Alexander Aring bd28a11f25 ieee802154: remove mlme get_phy callback
This patch removes the get_phy callback from mlme ops structure. Instead
we doing a dereference via ieee802154_ptr dev pointer. For backwards
compatibility we need to run get_device after dereference wpan_phy via
ieee802154_ptr.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-05 21:53:04 +01:00
Alexander Aring d5ae67bacd ieee802154: rework interface registration
This patch meld mac802154_netdev_register into ieee802154_if_add
function. Also we have now only one alloc_netdev call with one interface
setup routine "ieee802154_if_setup" instead two different one for each
interface type. This patch checks via runtime the interface type and do
different handling now. Additional we add the wpan_dev struct in
ieee802154_sub_if_data and set the new ieee802154_ptr while netdev
registration. This behaviour is very similar the mac80211 netdev
registration functionality.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-05 21:53:04 +01:00
Alexander Aring 9f3295b9ea ieee802154: remove nl802154 unused functions
The include/net/nl802154.h file contains a lot of prototypes which are
not used inside of ieee802154 subsystem. This patch removes this file
and make the only one used prototype "ieee802154_nl_start_confirm" as
static declaration in ieee802154/nl-mac.c

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-05 21:53:03 +01:00
Alexander Aring 53f9ee61b4 ieee802154: rework wpan_phy index assignment
This patch reworks the wpan_phy index incrementation. It's now similar
like wireless wiphy index incrementation. We move the wpan_phy index
attribute inside of cfg802154_registered_device and use atomic
operations instead locking mechanism via wpan_phy_mutex.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-05 21:53:03 +01:00
Joe Perches 824f1fbee7 netfilter: Convert print_tuple functions to return void
Since adding a new function to seq_file (seq_has_overflowed())
there isn't any value for functions called from seq_show to
return anything.   Remove the int returns of the various
print_tuple/<foo>_print_tuple functions.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/p/f2e8cf8df433a197daa62cbaf124c900c708edc7.1412031505.git.joe@perches.com

Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2014-11-05 14:10:33 -05:00
Steven Rostedt (Red Hat) 37246a5837 netfilter: Remove return values for print_conntrack callbacks
The seq_printf() and friends are having their return values removed.
The print_conntrack() returns the result of seq_printf(), which is
meaningless when seq_printf() returns void. Might as well remove the
return values of print_conntrack() as well.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20141029220107.465008329@goodmis.org
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2014-11-05 14:09:47 -05:00
John W. Linville bf515fb11a This relatively large batch of changes is comprised of the
following:
  * large mac80211-hwsim changes from Ben, Jukka and a bit myself
  * OCB/WAVE/11p support from Rostislav on behalf of the Czech Technical
    University in Prague and Volkswagen Group Research
  * minstrel VHT work from Karl
  * more CSA work from Luca
  * WMM admission control support in mac80211 (myself)
  * various smaller fixes, spelling corrections, and minor API additions
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUWMs/AAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrmBQQAIbfAe7wH1WifRtOnhw3zWQQ
 K36+Edf3HlQ+EIkSs63QousRj2e7pGDOyhzMWLaqsmeTLteUtlGbr7qwiJO1QZdf
 Ml2V5O2s+b8hUIClDBVQF2L6+GGUmRUdQqvDDhkN1guoxD/Nk8cNtsRkSdiXWJWy
 R48NzvYDflBhc8uqPtR8jDb10eM3c00YP9HB+w9hYAfizD+FRue7UNp4MQIqwp9V
 HdKRT6L2n/6QA+Mzse0rMDes5qI7nIUNgj+hjqgJSnhITPMgGR5j/pitnVHrr81M
 ngOipBFG3svsQrwZh8nM4Llp0cM4Gs+GlgCieu9+TJpr2sY00Z3kYcp0pxtDoSxz
 Wblqz9n/bnW9mrkEfl12XqwwT5vguchwHoZ9cXhejDxSawWXoTRx20uW4ahO8ArA
 kWwwjTBVsQ5WMCtOBiqggzNKghwCc2ILmcZnjGdg9aNXcWsmQ4vyeCfG2QxBz/UB
 Grv/f9NSy6mzKQ34yv+lyR7rFZ8XcT03EVAnZSYz8X0ZZGxwtFupRp1RrBh1KPtD
 TJoe6Q71FfHKYRJ2xgygYkQFo+r9d0BKBeerq+Vu2hBeaqyi4aUwSj7d1sUaaq6N
 tL8fmAUqFjVOOUFeH1g07Xke5QD+yrEC7sJKkeRMfcRGB+dEa+2m3I5p4WDz9bWM
 AEvFSsYr/I9KI4d1huXD
 =6GIj
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-11-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:

"This relatively large batch of changes is comprised of the
following:
 * large mac80211-hwsim changes from Ben, Jukka and a bit myself
 * OCB/WAVE/11p support from Rostislav on behalf of the Czech Technical
   University in Prague and Volkswagen Group Research
 * minstrel VHT work from Karl
 * more CSA work from Luca
 * WMM admission control support in mac80211 (myself)
 * various smaller fixes, spelling corrections, and minor API additions"

Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/cfg80211.c

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2014-11-04 16:18:12 -05:00
Florian Westphal f7b3bec6f5 net: allow setting ecn via routing table
This patch allows to set ECN on a per-route basis in case the sysctl
tcp_ecn is not set to 1. In other words, when ECN is set for specific
routes, it provides a tcp_ecn=1 behaviour for that route while the rest
of the stack acts according to the global settings.

One can use 'ip route change dev $dev $net features ecn' to toggle this.

Having a more fine-grained per-route setting can be beneficial for various
reasons, for example, 1) within data centers, or 2) local ISPs may deploy
ECN support for their own video/streaming services [1], etc.

There was a recent measurement study/paper [2] which scanned the Alexa's
publicly available top million websites list from a vantage point in US,
Europe and Asia:

Half of the Alexa list will now happily use ECN (tcp_ecn=2, most likely
blamed to commit 255cac91c3 ("tcp: extend ECN sysctl to allow server-side
only ECN") ;)); the break in connectivity on-path was found is about
1 in 10,000 cases. Timeouts rather than receiving back RSTs were much
more common in the negotiation phase (and mostly seen in the Alexa
middle band, ranks around 50k-150k): from 12-thousand hosts on which
there _may_ be ECN-linked connection failures, only 79 failed with RST
when _not_ failing with RST when ECN is not requested.

It's unclear though, how much equipment in the wild actually marks CE
when buffers start to fill up.

We thought about a fallback to non-ECN for retransmitted SYNs as another
global option (which could perhaps one day be made default), but as Eric
points out, there's much more work needed to detect broken middleboxes.

Two examples Eric mentioned are buggy firewalls that accept only a single
SYN per flow, and middleboxes that successfully let an ECN flow establish,
but later mark CE for all packets (so cwnd converges to 1).

 [1] http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/89/slides/slides-89-tsvarea-1.pdf, p.15
 [2] http://ecn.ethz.ch/

Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.

Reference: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/335797
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-04 16:06:09 -05:00
Florian Westphal f1673381b1 syncookies: split cookie_check_timestamp() into two functions
The function cookie_check_timestamp(), both called from IPv4/6 context,
is being used to decode the echoed timestamp from the SYN/ACK into TCP
options used for follow-up communication with the peer.

We can remove ECN handling from that function, split it into a separate
one, and simply rename the original function into cookie_decode_options().
cookie_decode_options() just fills in tcp_option struct based on the
echoed timestamp received from the peer. Anything that fails in this
function will actually discard the request socket.

While this is the natural place for decoding options such as ECN which
commit 172d69e63c ("syncookies: add support for ECN") added, we argue
that in particular for ECN handling, it can be checked at a later point
in time as the request sock would actually not need to be dropped from
this, but just ECN support turned off.

Therefore, we split this functionality into cookie_ecn_ok(), which tells
us if the timestamp indicates ECN support AND the tcp_ecn sysctl is enabled.

This prepares for per-route ECN support: just looking at the tcp_ecn sysctl
won't be enough anymore at that point; if the timestamp indicates ECN
and sysctl tcp_ecn == 0, we will also need to check the ECN dst metric.

This would mean adding a route lookup to cookie_check_timestamp(), which
we definitely want to avoid. As we already do a route lookup at a later
point in cookie_{v4,v6}_check(), we can simply make use of that as well
for the new cookie_ecn_ok() function w/o any additional cost.

Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.

Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-04 16:06:09 -05:00
Eliad Peller cf2c92d840 mac80211: replace restart_complete() with reconfig_complete()
Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has
completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order
to know when frames can be passed to mac80211).

Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(),
and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type.

Update the current users with the new prototype.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 13:49:00 +01:00
Rostislav Lisovy 239281f803 mac80211: 802.11p OCB mode support
This patch adds 802.11p OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode
support.

When communicating in OCB mode a mandatory wildcard BSSID
(48 '1' bits) is used.

The EDCA parameters handling function was changed to support
802.11p specific values.

The insertion of a newly discovered STAs is done in the similar way
as in the IBSS mode -- through the deferred insertion.

The OCB mode uses a periodic 'housekeeping task' for expiration of
disconnected STAs (in the similar manner as in the MESH mode).

New Kconfig option for verbose OCB debugging outputs is added.

Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 13:18:21 +01:00
Rostislav Lisovy 6e0bd6c35b cfg80211: 802.11p OCB mode handling
This patch adds new iface type (NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB) representing
the OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode.
When establishing a connection to the network a cfg80211_join_ocb
function is called (particular nl80211_command is added as well).
A mandatory parameters during the ocb_join operation are 'center
frequency' and 'channel width (5/10 MHz)'.

Changes done in mac80211 are minimal possible required to avoid
many warnings (warning: enumeration value 'NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB'
not handled in switch) during compilation. Full functionality
(where needed) is added in the following patch.

Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 13:18:17 +01:00
Felix Fietkau 5b3dc42b1b mac80211: add support for driver tx power reporting
The configured tx power is often limited by hardware capabilities,
channel settings, antenna configuration, etc.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[fix tracing compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 10:15:09 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 845472e8d5 Bluetooth: Add hci_conn_lookup_type() helper function
Some drivers require knowledge of what connection handle is assigned
to what connection link type (ACL or SCO/eSCO). Instead of having each
driver implement connection tracking, provide a simple helper function
for lookup of the link type.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-11-03 10:13:43 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 43d6bc46e2 Bluetooth: Introduce HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER
Some vendors decide to use a strict duplicate filter policy that only
filters on Bluetooth device addresses. This means that when the RSSI
changes, these devices are not reported again. During discovery it is
useful to actually get the RSSI updates.

Since this is specific to each controller, add a new quirk setting
that allows drivers to tell the core what kind of filtering policy
the controller uses.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-11-03 10:13:36 +02:00
Alexander Aring f753f7eeb4 mac802154: fix byteorder issues
Running make C=2 occurs these warnings:

cast from restricted __be64
incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types)
expected unsigned long long[unsigned] [usertype] val
got restricted __be64 [usertype]<noident>
cast from restricted __be64
cast to restricted __le64

This patch fix these warnings by forcing to __le64 type and using swabp64
instead swab64.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-02 21:52:02 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann 75e0569f7f Bluetooth: Add hci_reset_dev() for driver triggerd stack reset
Some Bluetooth drivers require to reset the upper stack. To avoid having
all drivers send HCI Hardware Error events, provide a generic function
to wrap the reset functionality.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-11-02 10:03:45 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann 24dfa34371 Bluetooth: Print error message for HCI_Hardware_Error event
When the HCI_Hardware_Error event is send by the controller or
injected by the driver, then at least print an error message.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2014-11-02 09:59:42 +02:00
Alexander Aring ab24f50f2a mac802154: add helper for converting dev_addr
This patch adds a helper for converting the dev_addr attribute in
netdevice to __le64 type. The dev_addr attribute is a char pointer
and contains the extended address in big endian byte order.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-02 04:51:07 +01:00
Alexander Aring 4a9a816a4f cfg802154: convert deprecated iface add and del
This patch removes the wpan_phy callbacks for add and del an interface
on a phy. Instead we introduce deprecated cfg802154 callbacks for this.
Furthermore we introduce a new netlink interface nl802154 which use
different callbacks. The deprecated function is to have a backwards
compatibility with the current netlink interface.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-02 04:51:06 +01:00
Alexander Aring a5dd1d72d8 cfg802154: introduce cfg802154_registered_device
This patch introduce the cfg802154_registered_device struct. Like
cfg80211_registered_device in wireless this should contain similar
functionality for cfg802154. This patch should not change any behaviour.
We just adds cfg802154_registered_device as container for wpan_phy struct.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-11-02 04:51:06 +01:00
David S. Miller 55b42b5ca2 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/phy/marvell.c

Simple overlapping changes in drivers/net/phy/marvell.c

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-01 14:53:27 -04:00
David S. Miller e3a88f9c4f Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
netfilter/ipvs fixes for net

The following patchset contains fixes for netfilter/ipvs. This round of
fixes is larger than usual at this stage, specifically because of the
nf_tables bridge reject fixes that I would like to see in 3.18. The
patches are:

1) Fix a null-pointer dereference that may occur when logging
   errors. This problem was introduced by 4a4739d56b ("ipvs: Pull
   out crosses_local_route_boundary logic") in v3.17-rc5.

2) Update hook mask in nft_reject_bridge so we can also filter out
   packets from there. This fixes 36d2af5 ("netfilter: nf_tables: allow
   to filter from prerouting and postrouting"), which needs this chunk
   to work.

3) Two patches to refactor common code to forge the IPv4 and IPv6
   reject packets from the bridge. These are required by the nf_tables
   reject bridge fix.

4) Fix nft_reject_bridge by avoiding the use of the IP stack to reject
   packets from the bridge. The idea is to forge the reject packets and
   inject them to the original port via br_deliver() which is now
   exported for that purpose.

5) Restrict nft_reject_bridge to bridge prerouting and input hooks.
   the original skbuff may cloned after prerouting when the bridge stack
   needs to flood it to several bridge ports, it is too late to reject
   the traffic.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-31 12:29:42 -04:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 8bfcdf6671 netfilter: nf_reject_ipv6: split nf_send_reset6() in smaller functions
That can be reused by the reject bridge expression to build the reject
packet. The new functions are:

* nf_reject_ip6_tcphdr_get(): to sanitize and to obtain the TCP header.
* nf_reject_ip6hdr_put(): to build the IPv6 header.
* nf_reject_ip6_tcphdr_put(): to build the TCP header.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-10-31 12:49:57 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso 052b9498ee netfilter: nf_reject_ipv4: split nf_send_reset() in smaller functions
That can be reused by the reject bridge expression to build the reject
packet. The new functions are:

* nf_reject_ip_tcphdr_get(): to sanitize and to obtain the TCP header.
* nf_reject_iphdr_put(): to build the IPv4 header.
* nf_reject_ip_tcphdr_put(): to build the TCP header.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-10-31 12:49:05 +01:00
Ben Hutchings 5188cd44c5 drivers/net, ipv6: Select IPv6 fragment idents for virtio UFO packets
UFO is now disabled on all drivers that work with virtio net headers,
but userland may try to send UFO/IPv6 packets anyway.  Instead of
sending with ID=0, we should select identifiers on their behalf (as we
used to).

Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Fixes: 916e4cf46d ("ipv6: reuse ip6_frag_id from ip6_ufo_append_data")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-30 20:01:18 -04:00
Guenter Roeck 3d762a0f0a net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool
Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-30 14:54:11 -04:00
Guenter Roeck 6793abb4e8 net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access
On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom.
Add infrastructure support for it.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-30 14:54:11 -04:00
Guenter Roeck 51579c3f1a net: dsa: Add support for reporting switch chip temperatures
Some switches provide chip temperature data.
Add support for reporting it through the hwmon subsystem.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-30 14:54:11 -04:00
Alexander Aring ec718f3db9 mac802154: rx: add software checksum filtering check
This patch adds a new hardware flag which indicate that the transceiver
doesn't support check for bad checksum via hardware. Also add a handling of
this while receive.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-29 23:07:45 +01:00
Alexander Aring 90386a7e3b mac802154: separate omit tx/rx flags
This patch splits the IEEE802154_HW_OMIT_CKSUM hardware flag into
IEEE802154_HW_TX_OMIT_CKSUM and IEEE802154_HW_RX_OMIT_CKSUM. This is
useful to deliver the received crc from the driver layer to the monitor
interface. At the moment we can't do that without change the xmit
handling.

The received checksum should be visible in monitor mode only.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-29 23:07:45 +01:00
Alexander Aring 94b792220c mac802154: add support for promiscuous mode
This patch adds a new driver operation to bring the transceiver into
promiscuous mode.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-29 23:07:45 +01:00
Alexander Aring c8fc84ed60 mac802154: add hardware address filter flag
Overdue introduction for address filtering hardware flag. Furthermore we
will check and set address filtering on interface up. This patch
prepares that we can check if an transceiver supports address filtering
option. Currently all mainline driver supports hardware address filtering.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Cc: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-29 23:07:44 +01:00
Alexander Aring ab79be3eeb mac802154: add IEEE802154_HW_ARET hw flag
This patch adds a new IEEE802154_HW_ARET hardware flag for indicating
that the transceiver supports ARET handling. Also remove the
IEEE802154_HW_FRAME_RETRIES from IEEE802154_HW_CSMA flag. Frame retries
handling is part of ARET.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-29 23:07:44 +01:00
Alexander Aring 90a6161df5 mac802154: remove tab after define
This patch removes tabs after define in hardware flags declarations.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-29 23:07:44 +01:00
Nicolas Dichtel 75fbfd3323 neigh: optimize neigh_parms_release()
In neigh_parms_release() we loop over all entries to find the entry given in
argument and being able to remove it from the list. By using a double linked
list, we can avoid this loop.

Here are some numbers with 30 000 dummy interfaces configured:

Before the patch:
$ time rmmod dummy
real	2m0.118s
user	0m0.000s
sys	1m50.048s

After the patch:
$ time rmmod dummy
real	1m9.970s
user	0m0.000s
sys	0m47.976s

Suggested-by: Thierry Herbelot <thierry.herbelot@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 16:11:50 -04:00
Eric Dumazet dca145ffaa tcp: allow for bigger reordering level
While testing upcoming Yaogong patch (converting out of order queue
into an RB tree), I hit the max reordering level of linux TCP stack.

Reordering level was limited to 127 for no good reason, and some
network setups [1] can easily reach this limit and get limited
throughput.

Allow a new max limit of 300, and add a sysctl to allow admins to even
allow bigger (or lower) values if needed.

[1] Aggregation of links, per packet load balancing, fabrics not doing
 deep packet inspections, alternative TCP congestion modules...

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yaogong Wang <wygivan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 15:05:15 -04:00
Alexander Aring a543c5989d mac802154: remove driver ops in wpan-phy
This patch removes the driver ops callbacks inside of wpan_phy struct.
It was used to check if a phy supports this driver ops call. We do this
now via hardware flags.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-28 23:19:07 +01:00
Alexander Aring e37d2ec82a mac802154: ops: declare channel and page as u8
The range of channel and page fits into an unsigned byte range. This
patch changes the set_channel parameter definitions for channel and
page to u8.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-28 23:19:07 +01:00
Alexander Aring 1630186100 mac802154: declare struct ieee802154_ops as const
The ieee802154_ops structure should be never changed during runtime.
This patch declare this structure as const to avoid a runtime change.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-28 23:19:07 +01:00
Simon Horman 941d8ebcf7 datapath: Rename last_action() as nla_is_last() and move to netlink.h
The original motivation for this change was to allow the helper to be used
in files other than actions.c as part of work on an odp select group
action.

It was as pointed out by Thomas Graf that this helper would be best off
living in netlink.h. Furthermore, I think that the generic nature of this
helper means it is best off in netlink.h regardless of if it is used more
than one .c file or not. Thus, I would like it considered independent of
the work on an odp select group action.

Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Cc: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@noironetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-28 17:07:29 -04:00
Peter Zijlstra 26cabd3125 sched, net: Clean up sk_wait_event() vs. might_sleep()
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 1744 at kernel/sched/core.c:7104 __might_sleep+0x58/0x90()
do not call blocking ops when !TASK_RUNNING; state=1 set at [<ffffffff81070e10>] prepare_to_wait+0x50 /0xa0

 [<ffffffff8105bc38>] __might_sleep+0x58/0x90
 [<ffffffff8148c671>] lock_sock_nested+0x31/0xb0
 [<ffffffff81498aaa>] sk_stream_wait_memory+0x18a/0x2d0

Which is a false positive because sk_wait_event() will already have
TASK_RUNNING at that point if it would've gone through
schedule_timeout().

So annotate with sched_annotate_sleep(); which goes away on !DEBUG builds.

Reported-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20140924082242.524407432@infradead.org
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: tglx@linutronix.de
Cc: ilya.dryomov@inktank.com
Cc: umgwanakikbuti@gmail.com
Cc: oleg@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2014-10-28 10:56:37 +01:00
Arturo Borrero e9105f1bea netfilter: nf_tables: add new expression nft_redir
This new expression provides NAT in the redirect flavour, which is to
redirect packets to local machine.

Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-10-27 22:49:39 +01:00
Arturo Borrero 9de920eddb netfilter: refactor NAT redirect IPv6 code to use it from nf_tables
This patch refactors the IPv6 code so it can be usable both from xt and
nf_tables.

Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-10-27 22:48:10 +01:00
Arturo Borrero 8b13eddfdf netfilter: refactor NAT redirect IPv4 to use it from nf_tables
This patch refactors the IPv4 code so it can be usable both from xt and
nf_tables.

A similar patch follows-up to handle IPv6.

Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2014-10-27 22:47:06 +01:00
Fabian Frederick 5e96d788d9 ipx: move extern sysctl_ipx_pprop_broadcasting to header file
include ipx.h from sysctl_net_ipx.c

Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-27 16:03:53 -04:00
Alexander Aring c5c47e67bc mac802154: rx: use tasklet instead workqueue
Tasklets have much less overhead than workqueues. This patch also
removes the heap allocation for the worker on receiving path.
Like mac80211 we should prefer use a tasklet here instead a workqueue to
getting fast out of interrupt context when ieee802154_rx_irqsafe is
called by driver. Like wireless inside the tasklet context we should
call netif_receive_skb instead netif_rx_ni anymore.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-27 18:07:40 +01:00
Martin Townsend 01141234f2 ieee802154: 6lowpan: rename process_data and lowpan_process_data
As we have decouple decompression from data delivery we can now rename all
occurences of process_data in receive path.

Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-27 15:51:16 +01:00
Martin Townsend f8b361768e 6lowpan: remove skb_deliver from IPHC
Separating skb delivery from decompression ensures that we can support further
decompression schemes and removes the mixed return value of error codes with
NET_RX_FOO.

Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-27 15:51:15 +01:00
Ben Greear e8f479b112 cfg80211: support configuring vif mac addr on create
This is useful when creating virtual interfaces.
Keeps udev from mucking with things it shouldn't, since
the default MAC is never seen by udev when specified on
the cmd-line during creation.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[check for feature flag in nl80211 to force drivers to set it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-27 08:48:33 +01:00
Ben Greear e27513fbd0 mac80211: support creating wiphy w/out creating wlanX
This will be helpful when using the mac80211_hwsim
wiphys and automated testing.  Let user create the
vifs as needed, and named as expected.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-27 08:48:32 +01:00
Ben Greear ad28757eef mac80211: allow creating wiphy devices with suggested name
Support creating wiphy devices with an optional name.
This will be used by hwsim to have better automated control
over virtual radio creation/deletion.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-27 08:48:31 +01:00
Ben Greear 1998d90ad4 cfg80211: support creating wiphy with suggested name
Kernel will attempt to use the name if it is supplied,
but if name cannot be used for some reason, the default
phyX name will be used instead.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[while at it, use wiphy_name() instead of dev_name(),
 fix format string issue reported by Kees Cook]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-27 08:48:18 +01:00
Alexander Aring 1e7283a271 mac802154: tx: add comment at sync xmit callback
This patch adds a warning that xmit_sync callback is deprecated and
should be removed soon. The 802.15.4 subsystem will not accept synced
drivers anymore.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-26 17:24:05 +01:00
Alexander Aring ed0a5dce0c mac802154: tx: add support for xmit_async callback
This patch renames the existsing xmit callback to xmit_sync and
introduces an asynchronous xmit_async function. If ieee802154_ops
doesn't provide the xmit_async callback, then we have a fallback to
the xmit_sync callback.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-26 17:24:04 +01:00
Alexander Aring c208510351 mac802154: add netdev qeue helpers
This patch adds a new file net/mac802154/util.c which contains utility
functions for drivers, etc. This file contains functions to start and
stop queues for all virtual interfaces, this is useful for asynchronous
handling by driver level.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-26 17:24:03 +01:00
Alexander Aring dc67c6b30f mac802154: tx: remove xmit channel context switch
This patch removes the channel hopping feature before xmit. There are
several issues to provide a real channel hopping (timing requirements,
etc...).

We don't have any known kernelspace protocol which really use this
feature. And I don't know an real user of this feature.
We simply drop this feature now.

This patch removes also the hold of pib lock which isn't needed by any
real driver xmit callback implementation.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-26 17:24:03 +01:00
Alexander Aring c6f635faf3 mac802154: remove ieee802154_addr from driver_ops
This driver_ops callback function is never used by any driver.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-25 21:55:39 +02:00
Alexander Aring 5a50439775 ieee802154: rename ieee802154_dev to ieee802154_hw
The identical struct of the wireless stack implementation is named
ieee80211_hw. This is useful to name the variable hw instead of get
confusing with netdev dev variable.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-25 21:55:37 +02:00
Alexander Aring 4ca24aca55 ieee802154: move ieee802154 header
This patch moves the ieee802154 header into include/linux instead
include/net. Similar like wireless which have the ieee80211 header
inside of include/linux.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-25 21:39:57 +02:00
Alexander Aring 5ad60d3699 ieee802154: move wpan-phy.h to cfg802154.h
The wpan-phy header contains the wpan_phy struct information. Later this
header will be have similar function like cfg80211 header. The cfg80211
header contains the wiphy struct which is identically the wpan_phy
struct inside 802.15.4 subsystem.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2014-10-25 21:39:56 +02:00